WO2009143369A2 - Method of preparing nucleosides and analogs thereof without using chromatography - Google Patents
Method of preparing nucleosides and analogs thereof without using chromatography Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2009143369A2 WO2009143369A2 PCT/US2009/044887 US2009044887W WO2009143369A2 WO 2009143369 A2 WO2009143369 A2 WO 2009143369A2 US 2009044887 W US2009044887 W US 2009044887W WO 2009143369 A2 WO2009143369 A2 WO 2009143369A2
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- substituted
- mixture
- alkyl
- organic solvent
- group
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 117
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 98
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 title abstract description 44
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 title abstract description 15
- -1 nucleoside phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 157
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical group CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 156
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 153
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical group CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 139
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 claims description 135
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 100
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical group OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 97
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 82
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 77
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylformamide Substances CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 62
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 62
- 239000003495 polar organic solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 55
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 54
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 54
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 53
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 49
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical group CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 49
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 47
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 claims description 47
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 42
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 claims description 42
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 41
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 35
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 claims description 34
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 claims description 33
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 30
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 claims description 28
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 21
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000012455 biphasic mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000003849 aromatic solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 claims description 15
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000002103 4,4'-dimethoxytriphenylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)(C1=C([H])C([H])=C(OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])=C1[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C(OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000012454 non-polar solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N inositol Chemical group O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004400 (C1-C12) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 abstract description 15
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 63
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 61
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 50
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 44
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 35
- DLYUQMMRRRQYAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraphosphorus decaoxide Chemical compound O1P(O2)(=O)OP3(=O)OP1(=O)OP2(=O)O3 DLYUQMMRRRQYAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 30
- 239000002212 purine nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 29
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 28
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 27
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 25
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical class [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 24
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 22
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 22
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 22
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 21
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 19
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical group CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 15
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 14
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 239000003791 organic solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 12
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 11
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 11
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 11
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 10
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 10
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Purine Natural products N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- JBWYRBLDOOOJEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[chloro-(4-methoxyphenyl)-phenylmethyl]-4-methoxybenzene Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(Cl)(C=1C=CC(OC)=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 JBWYRBLDOOOJEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 8
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 8
- TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane Chemical compound CCCCCCCC TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 7
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- UNILWMWFPHPYOR-KXEYIPSPSA-M 1-[6-[2-[3-[3-[3-[2-[2-[3-[[2-[2-[[(2r)-1-[[2-[[(2r)-1-[3-[2-[2-[3-[[2-(2-amino-2-oxoethoxy)acetyl]amino]propoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propylamino]-3-hydroxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-2-oxoethyl]amino]-3-[(2r)-2,3-di(hexadecanoyloxy)propyl]sulfanyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl Chemical compound O=C1C(SCCC(=O)NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(=O)COCC(=O)N[C@@H](CSC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](CO)C(=O)NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(=O)COCC(N)=O)CC(=O)N1CCNC(=O)CCCCCN\1C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2CC/1=C/C=C/C=C/C1=[N+](CC)C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C1 UNILWMWFPHPYOR-KXEYIPSPSA-M 0.000 description 6
- MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-1H-imidazole Chemical compound CN1C=CN=C1 MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 6
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 0 CCOCC(C1OC*CN)OC(*)C1NC Chemical compound CCOCC(C1OC*CN)OC(*)C1NC 0.000 description 6
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000002243 furanoses Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 6
- SXADIBFZNXBEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoramidous acid Chemical group NP(O)O SXADIBFZNXBEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000002342 ribonucleoside Substances 0.000 description 6
- ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl(dimethyl)silicon Chemical group C[Si](C)C(C)(C)C ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-beta-D-Xylofuranosyl-NH-Cytosine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- YSUIQYOGTINQIN-UZFYAQMZSA-N 2-amino-9-[(1S,6R,8R,9S,10R,15R,17R,18R)-8-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-9,18-difluoro-3,12-dihydroxy-3,12-bis(sulfanylidene)-2,4,7,11,13,16-hexaoxa-3lambda5,12lambda5-diphosphatricyclo[13.2.1.06,10]octadecan-17-yl]-1H-purin-6-one Chemical compound NC1=NC2=C(N=CN2[C@@H]2O[C@@H]3COP(S)(=O)O[C@@H]4[C@@H](COP(S)(=O)O[C@@H]2[C@@H]3F)O[C@H]([C@H]4F)N2C=NC3=C2N=CN=C3N)C(=O)N1 YSUIQYOGTINQIN-UZFYAQMZSA-N 0.000 description 5
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N Cytidine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 5
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229940125773 compound 10 Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 5
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N cytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N jdtic Chemical compound C1([C@]2(C)CCN(C[C@@H]2C)C[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H]2NCC3=CC(O)=CC=C3C2)=CC=CC(O)=C1 ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- FTVLMFQEYACZNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F FTVLMFQEYACZNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 5
- AOSZTAHDEDLTLQ-AZKQZHLXSA-N (1S,2S,4R,8S,9S,11S,12R,13S,19S)-6-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]-12,19-difluoro-11-hydroxy-8-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-9,13-dimethyl-6-azapentacyclo[10.8.0.02,9.04,8.013,18]icosa-14,17-dien-16-one Chemical compound C([C@@H]1C[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4[C@@H](F)C3)C)(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@@]2([C@@]1(C1)C(=O)CO)C)N1CC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 AOSZTAHDEDLTLQ-AZKQZHLXSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LVUCQZQLDPFLBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-cyano-3-methyl-2-propan-2-ylbutyl)peroxyphosphonamidous acid Chemical group CC(C)C(C(C)C)(C#N)COOP(N)O LVUCQZQLDPFLBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YJLIKUSWRSEPSM-WGQQHEPDSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r)-2-[6-amino-8-[(4-phenylphenyl)methylamino]purin-9-yl]-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound C=1C=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=CC=1CNC1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O YJLIKUSWRSEPSM-WGQQHEPDSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WZZBNLYBHUDSHF-DHLKQENFSA-N 1-[(3s,4s)-4-[8-(2-chloro-4-pyrimidin-2-yloxyphenyl)-7-fluoro-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-1-yl]-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl]-2-hydroxyethanone Chemical compound CC1=NC2=CN=C3C=C(F)C(C=4C(=CC(OC=5N=CC=CN=5)=CC=4)Cl)=CC3=C2N1[C@H]1CCN(C(=O)CO)C[C@@H]1F WZZBNLYBHUDSHF-DHLKQENFSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LFOIDLOIBZFWDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-6-[6-methoxy-4-[(3-phenylmethoxyphenyl)methoxy]-1-benzofuran-2-yl]imidazo[2,1-b][1,3,4]thiadiazole Chemical compound N1=C2SC(OC)=NN2C=C1C(OC1=CC(OC)=C2)=CC1=C2OCC(C=1)=CC=CC=1OCC1=CC=CC=C1 LFOIDLOIBZFWDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methylcytosine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PEHVGBZKEYRQSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-deaza-adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1C=CN2 PEHVGBZKEYRQSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940126657 Compound 17 Drugs 0.000 description 4
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guanidine Chemical compound NC(N)=N ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical class [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorotrimethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)Cl IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 4
- 150000003003 phosphines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 4
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical class [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic anhydride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- ASGMFNBUXDJWJJ-JLCFBVMHSA-N (1R,3R)-3-[[3-bromo-1-[4-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)phenyl]pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-yl]amino]-N,1-dimethylcyclopentane-1-carboxamide Chemical compound BrC1=NN(C2=NC(=NC=C21)N[C@H]1C[C@@](CC1)(C(=O)NC)C)C1=CC=C(C=C1)C=1SC(=NN=1)C ASGMFNBUXDJWJJ-JLCFBVMHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UAOUIVVJBYDFKD-XKCDOFEDSA-N (1R,9R,10S,11R,12R,15S,18S,21R)-10,11,21-trihydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-14-methylidene-4-(prop-2-enylamino)-20-oxa-5-thia-3-azahexacyclo[9.7.2.112,15.01,9.02,6.012,18]henicosa-2(6),3-dien-13-one Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@]23C(C1=C)=O)C[C@H]2[C@]12C(N=C(NCC=C)S4)=C4CC(C)(C)[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@]3(O)OC2 UAOUIVVJBYDFKD-XKCDOFEDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ABJSOROVZZKJGI-OCYUSGCXSA-N (1r,2r,4r)-2-(4-bromophenyl)-n-[(4-chlorophenyl)-(2-fluoropyridin-4-yl)methyl]-4-morpholin-4-ylcyclohexane-1-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=NC(F)=CC(C(NC(=O)[C@H]2[C@@H](C[C@@H](CC2)N2CCOCC2)C=2C=CC(Br)=CC=2)C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)=C1 ABJSOROVZZKJGI-OCYUSGCXSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SZUVGFMDDVSKSI-WIFOCOSTSA-N (1s,2s,3s,5r)-1-(carboxymethyl)-3,5-bis[(4-phenoxyphenyl)methyl-propylcarbamoyl]cyclopentane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1[C@@H]([C@](CC(O)=O)([C@H](C(=O)N(CCC)CC=2C=CC(OC=3C=CC=CC=3)=CC=2)C1)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)N(CCC)CC(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=CC=CC=C1 SZUVGFMDDVSKSI-WIFOCOSTSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GHYOCDFICYLMRF-UTIIJYGPSA-N (2S,3R)-N-[(2S)-3-(cyclopenten-1-yl)-1-[(2R)-2-methyloxiran-2-yl]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]-3-hydroxy-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-[[(2S)-2-[(2-morpholin-4-ylacetyl)amino]propanoyl]amino]propanamide Chemical compound C1(=CCCC1)C[C@@H](C(=O)[C@@]1(OC1)C)NC([C@H]([C@@H](C1=CC=C(C=C1)OC)O)NC([C@H](C)NC(CN1CCOCC1)=O)=O)=O GHYOCDFICYLMRF-UTIIJYGPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IUSARDYWEPUTPN-OZBXUNDUSA-N (2r)-n-[(2s,3r)-4-[[(4s)-6-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)spiro[3,4-dihydropyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-2,1'-cyclobutane]-4-yl]amino]-3-hydroxy-1-[3-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)phenyl]butan-2-yl]-2-methoxypropanamide Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](C)OC)[C@H](O)CN[C@@H]1C2=CC(CC(C)(C)C)=CN=C2OC2(CCC2)C1)C(C=1)=CC=CC=1C1=NC=CS1 IUSARDYWEPUTPN-OZBXUNDUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WWTBZEKOSBFBEM-SPWPXUSOSA-N (2s)-2-[[2-benzyl-3-[hydroxy-[(1r)-2-phenyl-1-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)ethyl]phosphoryl]propanoyl]amino]-3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)O)C(=O)C(CP(O)(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)OCC=1C=CC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WWTBZEKOSBFBEM-SPWPXUSOSA-N 0.000 description 3
- STBLNCCBQMHSRC-BATDWUPUSA-N (2s)-n-[(3s,4s)-5-acetyl-7-cyano-4-methyl-1-[(2-methylnaphthalen-1-yl)methyl]-2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-1,5-benzodiazepin-3-yl]-2-(methylamino)propanamide Chemical compound O=C1[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC)[C@H](C)N(C(C)=O)C2=CC(C#N)=CC=C2N1CC1=C(C)C=CC2=CC=CC=C12 STBLNCCBQMHSRC-BATDWUPUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QFLWZFQWSBQYPS-AWRAUJHKSA-N (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[5-[(3aS,6aR)-2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl]pentanoylamino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl]amino]-4-[1-bis(4-chlorophenoxy)phosphorylbutylamino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CCCC(NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc1ccc(O)cc1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CCCCC1SC[C@@H]2NC(=O)N[C@H]12)C(C)C)P(=O)(Oc1ccc(Cl)cc1)Oc1ccc(Cl)cc1 QFLWZFQWSBQYPS-AWRAUJHKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IWZSHWBGHQBIML-ZGGLMWTQSA-N (3S,8S,10R,13S,14S,17S)-17-isoquinolin-7-yl-N,N,10,13-tetramethyl-2,3,4,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-dodecahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-amine Chemical compound CN(C)[C@H]1CC[C@]2(C)C3CC[C@@]4(C)[C@@H](CC[C@@H]4c4ccc5ccncc5c4)[C@@H]3CC=C2C1 IWZSHWBGHQBIML-ZGGLMWTQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HUWSZNZAROKDRZ-RRLWZMAJSA-N (3r,4r)-3-azaniumyl-5-[[(2s,3r)-1-[(2s)-2,3-dicarboxypyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-5-oxo-4-sulfanylpentane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CC[C@@H](N)[C@@H](S)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1CCC(C(O)=O)[C@H]1C(O)=O HUWSZNZAROKDRZ-RRLWZMAJSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MPDDTAJMJCESGV-CTUHWIOQSA-M (3r,5r)-7-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[methyl-[(1r)-1-phenylethyl]carbamoyl]-4-propan-2-ylpyrazol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydroxyheptanoate Chemical compound C1([C@@H](C)N(C)C(=O)C2=NN(C(CC[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](O)CC([O-])=O)=C2C(C)C)C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)=CC=CC=C1 MPDDTAJMJCESGV-CTUHWIOQSA-M 0.000 description 3
- YQOLEILXOBUDMU-KRWDZBQOSA-N (4R)-5-[(6-bromo-3-methyl-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylquinoline-4-carbonyl)amino]-4-(2-chlorophenyl)pentanoic acid Chemical compound CC1=C(C2=C(C=CC(=C2)Br)N=C1N3CCCC3)C(=O)NC[C@H](CCC(=O)O)C4=CC=CC=C4Cl YQOLEILXOBUDMU-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KKHFRAFPESRGGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dimethyl-7-[3-(n-methylanilino)propyl]purine-2,6-dione Chemical compound C1=NC=2N(C)C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C=2N1CCCN(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 KKHFRAFPESRGGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KQZLRWGGWXJPOS-NLFPWZOASA-N 1-[(1R)-1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-6-[(4S,5R)-4-[(2S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]-5-methylcyclohexen-1-yl]pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClC1=C(C=CC(=C1)Cl)[C@@H](C)N1N=C(C=2C1=NC(=CN=2)C1=CC[C@@H]([C@@H](C1)C)N1[C@@H](CCC1)CO)C#N KQZLRWGGWXJPOS-NLFPWZOASA-N 0.000 description 3
- ONBQEOIKXPHGMB-VBSBHUPXSA-N 1-[2-[(2s,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]oxy-4,6-dihydroxyphenyl]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propan-1-one Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=CC(O)=CC(O)=C1C(=O)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ONBQEOIKXPHGMB-VBSBHUPXSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QXOGPTXQGKQSJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-amino-4-[4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)sulfanylanilino]-9,10-dioxoanthracene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound Cc1ccc(Sc2ccc(Nc3cc(c(N)c4C(=O)c5ccccc5C(=O)c34)S(O)(=O)=O)cc2)cc1C QXOGPTXQGKQSJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UTQNKKSJPHTPBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-trichloroethanone Chemical group ClC(Cl)(Cl)[C]=O UTQNKKSJPHTPBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one Chemical group CC(C)(C)[C]=O YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001917 2,4-dinitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C(=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 3
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PYRKKGOKRMZEIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[6-(2-cyclopropylethoxy)-9-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1h-phenanthro[9,10-d]imidazol-2-yl]-5-fluorobenzene-1,3-dicarbonitrile Chemical compound C1=C2C3=CC(CC(C)(O)C)=CC=C3C=3NC(C=4C(=CC(F)=CC=4C#N)C#N)=NC=3C2=CC=C1OCCC1CC1 PYRKKGOKRMZEIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FMKGJQHNYMWDFJ-CVEARBPZSA-N 2-[[4-(2,2-difluoropropoxy)pyrimidin-5-yl]methylamino]-4-[[(1R,4S)-4-hydroxy-3,3-dimethylcyclohexyl]amino]pyrimidine-5-carbonitrile Chemical compound FC(COC1=NC=NC=C1CNC1=NC=C(C(=N1)N[C@H]1CC([C@H](CC1)O)(C)C)C#N)(C)F FMKGJQHNYMWDFJ-CVEARBPZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VVCMGAUPZIKYTH-VGHSCWAPSA-N 2-acetyloxybenzoic acid;[(2s,3r)-4-(dimethylamino)-3-methyl-1,2-diphenylbutan-2-yl] propanoate;1,3,7-trimethylpurine-2,6-dione Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O.CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C.C([C@](OC(=O)CC)([C@H](C)CN(C)C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 VVCMGAUPZIKYTH-VGHSCWAPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- TVTJUIAKQFIXCE-HUKYDQBMSA-N 2-amino-9-[(2R,3S,4S,5R)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-7-prop-2-ynyl-1H-purine-6,8-dione Chemical compound NC=1NC(C=2N(C(N(C=2N=1)[C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H]1O)F)CO)=O)CC#C)=O TVTJUIAKQFIXCE-HUKYDQBMSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NPRYCHLHHVWLQZ-TURQNECASA-N 2-amino-9-[(2R,3S,4S,5R)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-7-prop-2-ynylpurin-8-one Chemical compound NC1=NC=C2N(C(N(C2=N1)[C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H]1O)F)CO)=O)CC#C NPRYCHLHHVWLQZ-TURQNECASA-N 0.000 description 3
- DGMOBVGABMBZSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropanoyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)C(Cl)=O DGMOBVGABMBZSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QBWKPGNFQQJGFY-QLFBSQMISA-N 3-[(1r)-1-[(2r,6s)-2,6-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl]ethyl]-n-[6-methyl-3-(1h-pyrazol-4-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-8-yl]-1,2-thiazol-5-amine Chemical compound N1([C@H](C)C2=NSC(NC=3C4=NC=C(N4C=C(C)N=3)C3=CNN=C3)=C2)C[C@H](C)O[C@H](C)C1 QBWKPGNFQQJGFY-QLFBSQMISA-N 0.000 description 3
- BGAJNPLDJJBRHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[5-(3-chloro-4-propan-2-yloxyphenyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl]-3-methyl-6,7-dihydro-4h-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl]propanoic acid Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(OC(C)C)=CC=C1C1=NN=C(N2C(=C3CN(CCC(O)=O)CCC3=N2)C)S1 BGAJNPLDJJBRHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RKVHNYJPIXOHRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bis[di(propan-2-yl)amino]phosphanyloxypropanenitrile Chemical compound CC(C)N(C(C)C)P(N(C(C)C)C(C)C)OCCC#N RKVHNYJPIXOHRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JQUCWIWWWKZNCS-LESHARBVSA-N C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)NC=1SC[C@H]2[C@@](N1)(CO[C@H](C2)C)C=2SC=C(N2)NC(=O)C2=NC=C(C=C2)OC(F)F Chemical compound C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)NC=1SC[C@H]2[C@@](N1)(CO[C@H](C2)C)C=2SC=C(N2)NC(=O)C2=NC=C(C=C2)OC(F)F JQUCWIWWWKZNCS-LESHARBVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OJRUSAPKCPIVBY-KQYNXXCUSA-N C1=NC2=C(N=C(N=C2N1[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O3)COP(=O)(CP(=O)(O)O)O)O)O)I)N Chemical compound C1=NC2=C(N=C(N=C2N1[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O3)COP(=O)(CP(=O)(O)O)O)O)O)I)N OJRUSAPKCPIVBY-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KCBAMQOKOLXLOX-BSZYMOERSA-N CC1=C(SC=N1)C2=CC=C(C=C2)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H]3C[C@H](CN3C(=O)[C@H](C(C)(C)C)NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCNCCCONC(=O)C4=C(C(=C(C=C4)F)F)NC5=C(C=C(C=C5)I)F)O Chemical compound CC1=C(SC=N1)C2=CC=C(C=C2)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H]3C[C@H](CN3C(=O)[C@H](C(C)(C)C)NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCNCCCONC(=O)C4=C(C(=C(C=C4)F)F)NC5=C(C=C(C=C5)I)F)O KCBAMQOKOLXLOX-BSZYMOERSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940126639 Compound 33 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940127007 Compound 39 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- LVDRREOUMKACNJ-BKMJKUGQSA-N N-[(2R,3S)-2-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(1,4-dimethyl-2-oxoquinolin-7-yl)-6-oxopiperidin-3-yl]-2-methylpropane-1-sulfonamide Chemical compound CC(C)CS(=O)(=O)N[C@H]1CCC(=O)N([C@@H]1c1ccc(Cl)cc1)c1ccc2c(C)cc(=O)n(C)c2c1 LVDRREOUMKACNJ-BKMJKUGQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OPFJDXRVMFKJJO-ZHHKINOHSA-N N-{[3-(2-benzamido-4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-5-yl)-pyrazol-5-yl]carbonyl}-G-dR-G-dD-dD-dD-NH2 Chemical compound S1C(C=2NN=C(C=2)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(O)=O)C(N)=O)=C(C)N=C1NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OPFJDXRVMFKJJO-ZHHKINOHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QOVYHDHLFPKQQG-NDEPHWFRSA-N N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N1CCC(CC1)NC1=C2C=CC=CC2=NC(NCC2=CN(CCCNCCCNC3CCCCC3)N=N2)=N1)C(O)=O Chemical compound N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N1CCC(CC1)NC1=C2C=CC=CC2=NC(NCC2=CN(CCCNCCCNC3CCCCC3)N=N2)=N1)C(O)=O QOVYHDHLFPKQQG-NDEPHWFRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PNUZDKCDAWUEGK-CYZMBNFOSA-N Sitafloxacin Chemical compound C([C@H]1N)N(C=2C(=C3C(C(C(C(O)=O)=CN3[C@H]3[C@H](C3)F)=O)=CC=2F)Cl)CC11CC1 PNUZDKCDAWUEGK-CYZMBNFOSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical class [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- IOSLINNLJFQMFF-XMMPIXPASA-N [(2R)-1-[[4-[[3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methylsulfanyl]phenoxy]methyl]phenyl]methyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl]methanol Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(CSC=2C=C(OCC3=CC=C(CN4[C@H](CCC4)CO)C=C3)C=CC=2)C=C1 IOSLINNLJFQMFF-XMMPIXPASA-N 0.000 description 3
- LNUFLCYMSVYYNW-ZPJMAFJPSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-2-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-6-[[(3s,5s,8r,9s,10s,13r,14s,17r)-10,13-dimethyl-17-[(2r)-6-methylheptan-2-yl]-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl]oxy]-4,5-disulfo Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1OS(O)(=O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]1[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1OS(O)(=O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]1[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1OS(O)(=O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@H]3[C@@H]4CC[C@@H]([C@]4(CC[C@@H]3[C@@]2(C)CC1)C)[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@H]1O[C@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@H]1OS(O)(=O)=O LNUFLCYMSVYYNW-ZPJMAFJPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SMNRFWMNPDABKZ-WVALLCKVSA-N [[(2R,3S,4R,5S)-5-(2,6-dioxo-3H-pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] [[[(2R,3S,4S,5R,6R)-4-fluoro-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@H]2O[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H]2O)C2C=CC(=O)NC2=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](F)[C@@H]1O SMNRFWMNPDABKZ-WVALLCKVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- XRWSZZJLZRKHHD-WVWIJVSJSA-N asunaprevir Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1C[C@H](CN1C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)OC1=NC=C(C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C21)OC)N[C@]1(C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2CC2)C[C@H]1C=C XRWSZZJLZRKHHD-WVWIJVSJSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002668 chloroacetyl group Chemical group ClCC(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 229940125797 compound 12 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940126543 compound 14 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125758 compound 15 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940126142 compound 16 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125810 compound 20 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940126086 compound 21 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940126208 compound 22 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125833 compound 23 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125961 compound 24 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125846 compound 25 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125851 compound 27 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125877 compound 31 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125878 compound 36 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125807 compound 37 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940127573 compound 38 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940126540 compound 41 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125844 compound 46 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940127113 compound 57 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125900 compound 59 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005982 diphenylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 3
- FGIVSGPRGVABAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoren-9-ylmethyl hydrogen carbonate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(COC(=O)O)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 FGIVSGPRGVABAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 3
- JAXFJECJQZDFJS-XHEPKHHKSA-N gtpl8555 Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](B1O[C@@]2(C)[C@H]3C[C@H](C3(C)C)C[C@H]2O1)CCC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 JAXFJECJQZDFJS-XHEPKHHKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940029575 guanosine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- RENRQMCACQEWFC-UGKGYDQZSA-N lnp023 Chemical compound C1([C@H]2N(CC=3C=4C=CNC=4C(C)=CC=3OC)CC[C@@H](C2)OCC)=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 RENRQMCACQEWFC-UGKGYDQZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- PIDFDZJZLOTZTM-KHVQSSSXSA-N ombitasvir Chemical compound COC(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NC1=CC=C([C@H]2N([C@@H](CC2)C=2C=CC(NC(=O)[C@H]3N(CCC3)C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC)C(C)C)=CC=2)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)C(C)(C)C)C=C1 PIDFDZJZLOTZTM-KHVQSSSXSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 3
- 125000003854 p-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Cl 0.000 description 3
- 125000006503 p-nitrobenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1[N+]([O-])=O)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- FAQJJMHZNSSFSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylglyoxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FAQJJMHZNSSFSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002743 phosphorus functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011343 solid material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000004044 trifluoroacetyl group Chemical group FC(C(=O)*)(F)F 0.000 description 3
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- BWZVCCNYKMEVEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-Trimethylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=NC(C)=C1 BWZVCCNYKMEVEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-7-methyl-1,7-dihydro-6H-purin-6-one Chemical compound NC1=NC(O)=C2N(C)C=NC2=N1 FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ICSNLGPSRYBMBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopyridine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=N1 ICSNLGPSRYBMBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYFCZWSWFGJODV-MIANJLSGSA-N 4-[[(1s)-2-[(e)-3-[3-chloro-2-fluoro-6-(tetrazol-1-yl)phenyl]prop-2-enoyl]-5-(4-methyl-2-oxopiperazin-1-yl)-3,4-dihydro-1h-isoquinoline-1-carbonyl]amino]benzoic acid Chemical compound O=C1CN(C)CCN1C1=CC=CC2=C1CCN(C(=O)\C=C\C=1C(=CC=C(Cl)C=1F)N1N=NN=C1)[C@@H]2C(=O)NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 WYFCZWSWFGJODV-MIANJLSGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound SC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYVNIFSIEDRLSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(hydroxymethyl)cytosine Chemical compound NC=1NC(=O)N=CC=1CO RYVNIFSIEDRLSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XFJBGINZIMNZBW-CRAIPNDOSA-N 5-chloro-2-[4-[(1r,2s)-2-[2-(5-methylsulfonylpyridin-2-yl)oxyethyl]cyclopropyl]piperidin-1-yl]pyrimidine Chemical compound N1=CC(S(=O)(=O)C)=CC=C1OCC[C@H]1[C@@H](C2CCN(CC2)C=2N=CC(Cl)=CN=2)C1 XFJBGINZIMNZBW-CRAIPNDOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HCGHYQLFMPXSDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-methyladenine Chemical compound C1=NC(N)=C2N(C)C=NC2=N1 HCGHYQLFMPXSDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MSSXOMSJDRHRMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-purine-2,6-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=C2NC=NC2=N1 MSSXOMSJDRHRMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)NC2=C1NC=N2 LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000035657 Abasia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetamide Chemical compound CC(N)=O DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butadiene Chemical compound C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YMYQVAVZRSVFCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)N(C(C)C)P(N(C(C)C)C(C)C)(O)OC Chemical compound CC(C)N(C(C)C)P(N(C(C)C)C(C)C)(O)OC YMYQVAVZRSVFCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pentanol Chemical compound CCCCCO AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-guanidine Natural products CNC(N)=N CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LJOOWESTVASNOG-UFJKPHDISA-N [(1s,3r,4ar,7s,8s,8as)-3-hydroxy-8-[2-[(4r)-4-hydroxy-6-oxooxan-2-yl]ethyl]-7-methyl-1,2,3,4,4a,7,8,8a-octahydronaphthalen-1-yl] (2s)-2-methylbutanoate Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@@H](C)C=C[C@H]2C[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]([C@H]12)OC(=O)[C@@H](C)CC)CC1C[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1 LJOOWESTVASNOG-UFJKPHDISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000004996 alkyl benzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 2
- CHIHQLCVLOXUJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic anhydride Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 CHIHQLCVLOXUJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 2
- XJHCXCQVJFPJIK-UHFFFAOYSA-M caesium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[Cs+] XJHCXCQVJFPJIK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229940127204 compound 29 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010779 crude oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005549 deoxyribonucleoside Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002274 desiccant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminoamidine Natural products CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 2
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical group [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 2
- ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)CO ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- MRWXACSTFXYYMV-FDDDBJFASA-N nebularine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC=C2N=C1 MRWXACSTFXYYMV-FDDDBJFASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002991 phenoxazines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- AQSJGOWTSHOLKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphite(3-) Chemical class [O-]P([O-])[O-] AQSJGOWTSHOLKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005731 phosphitylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004437 phosphorous atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000025 triisopropylsilyl group Chemical group C(C)(C)[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)* 0.000 description 2
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000006710 (C2-C12) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Dichloroethane Chemical compound CC(Cl)Cl SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYADHXFMURLYQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-triazine Chemical class C1=CN=NC=N1 FYADHXFMURLYQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUHZEENZYGFFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-Me3C6H3 Natural products CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1 AUHZEENZYGFFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxolane Chemical compound C1COCO1 WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004972 1-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000530 1-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHUHBFMZVCOEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-amine Chemical compound NC1=NC=CC2=C1N=CN2 UHUHBFMZVCOEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVSFQJZRHXAUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropanoyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(Cl)=O JVSFQJZRHXAUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSHACTSJHMKXTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-aminopropyl)-7h-purin-6-amine Chemical compound CC(N)CC1=NC(N)=C2NC=NC2=N1 QSHACTSJHMKXTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JRYMOPZHXMVHTA-DAGMQNCNSA-N 2-amino-7-[(2r,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-1h-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound C1=CC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O JRYMOPZHXMVHTA-DAGMQNCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KBMDBLCFKPRPOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-3,3,3-trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propanenitrile Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(Br)(C#N)C(F)(F)F KBMDBLCFKPRPOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKMPTBDYDNUJLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-fluoroadenine Chemical compound NC1=NC(F)=NC2=C1N=CN2 WKMPTBDYDNUJLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSGYTJNNHPZFKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropanenitrile Chemical compound OCCC#N WSGYTJNNHPZFKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVVRCYWZTJLJSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-dimethylaminophenol Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 JVVRCYWZTJLJSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-dimethylaminopyridine Substances CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLAQATDNGLKIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-2-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=S)NC1=O ZLAQATDNGLKIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UJBCLAXPPIDQEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-prop-1-ynyl-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound CC#CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O UJBCLAXPPIDQEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXBCLNRMQPRVTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-1,5-dihydroimidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=CC2=C1N=CN2 KXBCLNRMQPRVTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-1h-pyrimidine-2-thione Chemical compound NC1=CC=NC(S)=N1 DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNNARSZPGNJZIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-5-prop-1-ynyl-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound CC#CC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N QNNARSZPGNJZIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYYIULNRIVUMTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloroguanine Chemical compound NC1=NC(Cl)=C2N=CNC2=N1 RYYIULNRIVUMTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUUALBORWVNHPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-iodo-7h-purin-2-amine;tetrabutylazanium Chemical compound NC1=NC(I)=C2NC=NC2=N1.CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC IUUALBORWVNHPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NJBMMMJOXRZENQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6H-pyrrolo[2,3-f]quinoline Chemical compound c1cc2ccc3[nH]cccc3c2n1 NJBMMMJOXRZENQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCCNBKFJYUWLEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)-1-(2-propoxyethyl)-3-(pyrazin-2-ylmethylamino)pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1N(CCOCCC)C2=CC(C=3C=NC(OC)=CC=3)=NC=C2N=C1NCC1=CN=CC=N1 HCCNBKFJYUWLEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOSIULRWFAEMFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-deazaguanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1CC=N2 LOSIULRWFAEMFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRYKDUPGBWLLHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-azaadenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=NNN=C12 HRYKDUPGBWLLHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPXQRXLUHJKZIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-azaguanine Chemical compound NC1=NC(O)=C2NN=NC2=N1 LPXQRXLUHJKZIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005508 8-azaguanine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BXPRXLPOZORJJQ-ZQEXUDESSA-N C(C(C)C)(=O)NC=1NC(C=2N=CN([C@H]3[C@](O)([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)F)C=2N=1)=O Chemical compound C(C(C)C)(=O)NC=1NC(C=2N=CN([C@H]3[C@](O)([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)F)C=2N=1)=O BXPRXLPOZORJJQ-ZQEXUDESSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006519 CCH3 Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000824 D-ribofuranosyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])[C@@]1([H])OC([H])(*)[C@]([H])(O[H])[C@]1([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N DMF Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)O1 GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrogen dioxide Chemical compound O=[N]=O JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Trifluoroacetate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007933 aliphatic carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005083 alkoxyalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005336 allyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-NEEWWZBLSA-N alpha-L-ribose Chemical compound OC[C@@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-NEEWWZBLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KZRMAKJUQXIVGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminophosphonous acid 7H-purine Chemical class NP(O)O.C1=NC=C2NC=NC2=N1 KZRMAKJUQXIVGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005872 benzooxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-TXICZTDVSA-N beta-D-ribose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-TXICZTDVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical class OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940126545 compound 53 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001993 dienes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940113088 dimethylacetamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylphosphoric triamide Chemical compound CN(C)P(=O)(N(C)C)N(C)C GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexol Chemical compound OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IKGLACJFEHSFNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron;triethylazanium;trifluoride Chemical compound F.F.F.CCN(CC)CC IKGLACJFEHSFNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960000367 inositol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002198 insoluble material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- LSACYLWPPQLVSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutyric acid anhydride Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)OC(=O)C(C)C LSACYLWPPQLVSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004628 isothiazolidinyl group Chemical group S1N(CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003965 isoxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000012804 iterative process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100001231 less toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003760 magnetic stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010907 mechanical stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylpyridin-2-amine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=N1 PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMIWAAZWCGRBAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(dimethylaminophosphanyl)-n-methylmethanamine Chemical compound CN(C)PN(C)C XMIWAAZWCGRBAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDXCXSLEXBYOAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[1-bis[di(propan-2-yl)amino]phosphanyloxypropan-2-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide Chemical compound CC(C)N(C(C)C)P(N(C(C)C)C(C)C)OCC(C)NC(=O)C(F)(F)F WDXCXSLEXBYOAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DYIYSZMWWAYRFD-YNSJJWNHSA-N n-[9-[(2r,3s,4r,5r)-3-fluoro-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]purin-6-yl]benzamide Chemical compound O[C@]1(F)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(NC(=O)C=3C=CC=CC=3)=C2N=C1 DYIYSZMWWAYRFD-YNSJJWNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFYBXOIQXOOUCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[[di(propan-2-yl)amino]-methoxyphosphanyl]-n-propan-2-ylpropan-2-amine Chemical compound CC(C)N(C(C)C)P(OC)N(C(C)C)C(C)C YFYBXOIQXOOUCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(2+);dihydroxide Chemical compound O[Pd]O NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005544 phthalimido group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000013014 purified material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 description 1
- IGFXRKMLLMBKSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N purine Chemical compound N1=C[N]C2=NC=NC2=C1 IGFXRKMLLMBKSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UBQKCCHYAOITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-2-ol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=N1 UBQKCCHYAOITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RXTQGIIIYVEHBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrimido[4,5-b]indol-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC3=NC(=O)N=CC3=C21 RXTQGIIIYVEHBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SRBUGYKMBLUTIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1N=CC2=CC=NC2=N1 SRBUGYKMBLUTIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005864 sulfonamidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- GFYHSKONPJXCDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N sym-collidine Natural products CC1=CN=C(C)C(C)=C1 GFYHSKONPJXCDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NUMQCACRALPSHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-Butyl ethyl ether Natural products CCOC(C)(C)C NUMQCACRALPSHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001984 thiazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940075420 xanthine Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H1/00—Processes for the preparation of sugar derivatives
- C07H1/06—Separation; Purification
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H11/00—Compounds containing saccharide radicals esterified by inorganic acids; Metal salts thereof
- C07H11/04—Phosphates; Phosphites; Polyphosphates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
- C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
- C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
- C07H19/06—Pyrimidine radicals
- C07H19/10—Pyrimidine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
- C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
- C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
- C07H19/16—Purine radicals
- C07H19/20—Purine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids
Definitions
- nucleosides and analogs thereof without using chromatography. More particularly, the present disclosure provides methods of purifying intermediates at different steps by precipitation which is more cost effective and less time intensive than traditional chromatography at these steps.
- Oligonucleotides have been used in various biological and biochemical applications. They have been used as primers and probes for the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), as antisense agents used in target validation, drug discovery and development, as ribozymes, as aptamers, and as general stimulators of the immune system. This widespread use of oligonucleotides has led to an increasing demand for rapid, inexpensive and efficient methods for their synthesis. Synthetic oligonucleotides are generally prepared through the repeated coupling reactions of nucleoside phosphoramidites to the 5'-hydroxyl group of a nucleoside monomer or the free 5'- hydroxyl group of a growing oligomer.
- Oligomer synthesis can be performed using solution or solid phase chemistries.
- Solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis is the preferred method.
- SPOS Solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis
- oligonucleotides are assembled in a cyclical manner, each cycle consisting of a series of three chemical reactions.
- the first reaction is a deblocking reaction, i.e. the removal of a hydroxyl protecting group from a nucleoside monomer or an oligomer bound to a support. Generally, this requires the removal of a dimethoxytrityl protecting group to provide a free hydroxyl group.
- the second reaction is the coupling reaction, normally performed in the presence of an activator, wherein the free hydroxyl group is reacted with a nucleoside phosphoramidite to provide a phosphite triester in the presence of an activator.
- the third reaction is the oxidation of the phosphite triester to a phosphate triester.
- a capping step is included either directly before or after each oxidation reaction in order to block support bound nucleoside monomers or oligomers which failed to react in the coupling reaction and to prevent them from further chain elongation in subsequent coupling steps.
- a major limiting factor for cost efficient synthesis of oligonucleotides is the time and cost required to purify phosphoramidites and the intermediates formed during their synthesis.
- oligomeric compounds are particularly amenable to the final hydroxyl protected (0 phosphoramidite monomer and the hydroxyl protected monomer precursor to this final monomer.
- the methods provide the monomers in good yields having good purity using precipitation as opposed to chromatography. Such methods reduce purification time and have economic advantages over the expense of having to do chromatography.
- methods for purifying a modified nucleoside phosphoramidite from a reaction mixture comprising the steps of: forming a biphasic mixture comprising the reaction mixture which is optionally concentrated, at least one polar organic solvent and water; washing the biphasic mixture one or more times with a non-polar organic solvent; adding one or more organic solvents to the washed biphasic mixture to form a first mixture; washing the first mixture one or more times with a mixture comprising a polar organic solvent and water thereby providing an organic phase; concentrating the organic phase, dissolving the resulting residue in an organic solvent to provide a first solution wherein the organic phase or the first solution is optionally washed, dried and filtered; combining the first solution with a non-polar organic solvent to precipitate the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite, optionally decanting the non-polar solvent and repeating the combination step one or more times and isolating the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite; wherein said modified nucleoside
- the reaction mixture is concentrated prior to forming a biphasic mixture.
- the polar organic solvent added to the reaction mixture is DMF.
- the non-polar organic solvent used to wash the biphasic mixture is hexane.
- the one or more organic solvents added to the washed biphasic mixture comprise a mixture of polar and non-polar organic solvents.
- the mixture comprises a polar organic solvent and a non-polar organic solvent in a ratio of from about 65:35 to about 85:15.
- the mixture of polar and non-polar organic solvents is water immiscible.
- the mixture comprises an aromatic solvent and a hydrocarbon solvent.
- the mixture comprises toluene and hexane.
- the first mixture is washed with a mixture of DMF and water in a ratio of from about 50:50 to about 70:30.
- the first mixture is washed from about 2 to about 6 times.
- the organic phase is concentrated and the resulting residue dissolved in an organic solvent to provide the first solution.
- the organic phase is washed, dried and filtered prior to concentration.
- the first solution is washed, dried and filtered.
- the washing is performed with a solution OfNaHCO 3 and the drying is over Na 2 SO 4.
- the organic solvent used to dissolve the organic phase is ethyl acetate, dichloromethane, chloroform or toluene.
- the non-polar solvent used to precipitate the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite is hexane or petroleum ether.
- the methods provided herein are used to purify modified nucleoside phosphoramidites having formula II:
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- Pg is a hydroxyl protecting group
- the methods provided herein are used to purify modified nucleoside phosphoramidites having formula III:
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- Pg is a hydroxyl protecting group
- Zi and Z 2 are each, independently, H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl or substituted C 2 -C 6 alkynyl;
- Pg is a trityl group.
- the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite comprises a sugar surrogate group.
- the sugar surrogate group is a morpholino, cyclohexenyl or a cyclohexitol group.
- the hydroxyl protecting group is a trityl group.
- the trityl group is 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl.
- methods of purifying a modified nucleoside from a reaction mixture comprising the steps of: concentrating the reaction mixture, dissolving the resultant residue in a polar organic solvent and optionally adding water to provide a first mixture; washing the first mixture one or more times with one or more aqueous solutions, separating the organic phase and drying, filtering and concentrating the organic phase to an oil; dissolving the oil into a polar organic solvent optionally containing about 1 % organic base and combining the resulting solution with a non-polar organic solvent to precipitate the modified nucleoside, optionally washing the modified nucleoside with a non-polar solvent one or more times and isolating the modified nucleoside; and wherein the modified nucleoside comprises a protected hydroxyl group.
- the residue is dissolved in a polar organic solvent that is water immiscible to provide the first mixture.
- the polar organic solvent is water immiscible.
- the polar organic solvent is ethyl acetate.
- the first mixture further comprises water. In certain embodiments, the first mixture is washed one or more times with an aqueous solution OfNaHCO 3 . In certain embodiments, the first mixture is also washed with an aqueous brine solution. In certain embodiments, the separated organic phase is dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
- the oil is dissolved into a polar organic solvent and a solution of an organic base is added to provide about 1% organic base wherein the organic base is an aliphatic amine, piperidine or pyridine. In certain embodiments, the organic base is triethylamine.
- the oil is dissolved into a polar organic solvent optionally containing about 1 % organic base and the non-polar organic solvent is added slowly with vigorous stirring to provide a precipitate.
- the precipitate is stirred for about 30 additional minutes at ice bath temperatures.
- the precipitate is filtered, washed with additional non-polar organic solvent and suspended in additional non-polar organic solvent with stirring for about 30 minutes and isolating the precipitate.
- the polar organic solvent is methanol and the non-polar organic solvent is ether.
- the methods provided herein are used to purify modified nucleosides having formula IV:
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- Pg is a 5'-protecting group
- the methods provided herein are used to purify modified nucleosides having formula V:
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- Pg is a 5 '-protecting group
- Zi and Z 2 are each, independently, H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, substituted Cj-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl or substituted C 2 -C 6 alkynyl;
- the modified nucleoside comprises a sugar surrogate group.
- the sugar surrogate group is a morpholino, cyclohexenyl or a cyclohexitol group.
- the hydroxyl protecting group is a trityl group. In certain 5 embodiments, the hydroxyl protecting group is 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl.
- provided herein are methods for isolating a purine nucleoside phosphoramidite from a crude phosphoramidite solution comprising impurities, said method comprising the steps of: adding an organic base and water to the crude phosphoramidite solution to form a first solution; washing the first solution with a first solvent to obtain a washed first solution; .0 adding a second solvent to the washed first solution with mixing to form a mixture; adding a third solvent to the mixture with stirring and separating the organic phase; washing the organic phase with additional third solvent; concentrating the organic phase to obtain a residue; and dissolving the residue in a fourth solvent, adding a fifth solvent to precipitate the purine nucleoside phosphoramidite and isolating the purine nucleoside phosphoramidite.
- Bx is a purine heterocyclic base moiety that is optionally substituted and/or optionally '.O protected; Ti is a hydroxyl protecting group; T 2 is a phosphoramidite group; and Ri is H or a T- substituent group.
- the purine heterocyclic base moiety is an optionally protected adenine or guanine.
- the adenine or guanine heterocyclic base moiety comprises an amino protecting group on the exocyclic amino group.
- the amino protecting group is selected from benzoyl and isobutyryl.
- the hydroxyl protecting group is, independently, acetyl, t-butyl, t- butoxymethyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1 -ethoxyethyl, 1 -(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 2- trimethylsilylethyl, p-chlorophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl, benzoyl, p-phenylbenzoyl, 2,6- dichlorobenzyl, diphenylmethyl, p-nitrobenzyl, triphenylmethyl (trityl), 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, benzoylformate, chloroacetyl, trichlor
- the hydroxyl protecting group is, independently, acetyl, benzyl, t- butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl or 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl.
- Tj is 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl and T 2 is diisopropylcyanoethoxy phosphoramidite.
- the crude phosphoramidite solution comprises dimethylformamide.
- the organic base is an amine.
- the amine is an aliphatic amine, piperidine or pyridine.
- the aliphatic amine is triethylamine.
- the first solvent is an alkane.
- the alkane is pentane, hexane, heptane, octane or cyclohexane.
- the alkane is hexane.
- the second solvent is a water-immiscible organic solvent or a water- immiscible organic solvent mixture.
- the water-immiscible organic solvent is an aromatic solvent.
- the water-immiscible organic solvent mixture comprises a mixture of solvents in a volume ratio of from about 60:40 to about 80:20 of an aromatic solvent to a hydrocarbon solvent.
- the aromatic solvent is toluene.
- the hydrocarbon solvent is hexane.
- the third solvent is a water miscible organic solvent mixture.
- the water miscible organic solvent mixture comprises water miscible solvent and water in a volume ratio of from about 40:60 to about 80:20 of water miscible solvent to water.
- the water-miscible organic solvent is dimethylformamide or N-methyl-2- pyrrolidineone.
- the fourth solvent is toluene, ethyl acetate, methanol or ethanol. In .0 certain embodiments, the fourth solvent is ethyl acetate.
- the fifth solvent is n-pentane, n-heptane, hexane, cyclohexane or octane.
- provided herein are methods for preparing a purified purine nucleoside phosphoramidite, and the method comprising the steps of: contacting a purine nucleoside 5 with a phosphitylating reagent to form the purine nucleoside phosphoramidite; solvating the purine nucleoside phosphoramidite in a sixth solvent to form a crude phosphoramidite solution; adding an organic base and water to the crude phosphoramidite solution to form a first solution; washing the first solution with a first solvent to obtain a washed first solution; adding a second solvent to the washed first solution with mixing to form a mixture; adding a third solvent to the mixture with !0 stirring and separating the organic phase; washing the organic phase with additional third solvent; concentrating the organic phase to obtain a residue; and dissolving the residue in a fourth solvent, adding a fifth solvent to precipitate the purine nucleoside phosphoramidite and isolating the purine nucleoside
- the phosphitylating reagent comprises 2-cyanoethyl N,N,N',N'- 15 tetraisopropylphosphoramidite. In certain embodiments, the phosphitylating reagent further includes tetrazole and 1-methylimidazole.
- the sixth solvent is dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolid-2-one, tetrahydrofuran or toluene. In certain embodiments, the sixth solvent is dimethylformamide.
- provided herein is a process for isolating the purine nucleoside i0 phosphoramidite of Formula I:
- Bx is a purine heterocyclic base moiety that is optionally substituted and/or optionally protected; Ti is a hydroxyl protecting group; T 2 is a phosphoramidite group; and Ri is H or a T- substituent group.
- the purine heterocyclic base moiety is an optionally protected adenine or guanine.
- the adenine or guanine heterocyclic base moiety comprises an amino protecting group on the exocyclic amino group.
- the amino protecting group is selected from benzoyl and isobutyryl.
- the hydroxyl protecting group is, independently, acetyl, t-butyl, t- butoxymethyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1 -ethoxyethyl, l-(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 2- trimethylsilylethyl, p-chlorophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl, benzoyl, p-phenylbenzoyl, 2,6- dichlorobenzyl, diphenylmethyl, p-nitrobenzyl, triphenylmethyl (trityl), 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, benzoylformate, chloroacetyl, trichlor
- the hydroxyl protecting group is, independently, acetyl, benzyl, t- butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl or 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl.
- Ti is 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl and T 2 is diisopropylcyanoethoxy phosphoramidite.
- the crude phosphoramidite solution comprises dimethylformamide.
- the organic base is an amine.
- the amine is an aliphatic amine, piperidine or pyridine.
- the aliphatic amine is triethylamine.
- the first solvent is an alkane.
- the alkane is pentane, hexane, heptane, octane or cyclohexane. In certain embodiments, the alkane is hexane.
- the second solvent is a water-immiscible organic solvent or a water- immiscible organic solvent mixture.
- the water-immiscible organic solvent is an aromatic solvent.
- the water-immiscible organic solvent mixture comprises a mixture of solvents in a volume ratio of from about 60:40 to about 80:20 of an aromatic solvent to a hydrocarbon solvent.
- the aromatic solvent is toluene.
- the hydrocarbon solvent is hexane.
- the third solvent is a water miscible organic solvent mixture.
- the water miscible organic solvent mixture comprises water miscible solvent and water in a volume ratio of from about 40:60 to about 80:20 of water miscible solvent to water.
- the water-miscible organic solvent is dimethylformamide or N-methyl-2- pyrrolidineone.
- the fourth solvent is toluene, ethyl acetate, methanol or ethanol. In certain embodiments, the fourth solvent is ethyl acetate.
- the fifth solvent is n-pentane, n-heptane, hexane, cyclohexane or octane.
- the methods provided herein include purification and isolation of modified nucleosides having one of the coupling sites protected (for example a 5'-0-DMT) or having one of the coupling sites protected and the other functionalized with a reactive phosphorous group (e.g. a phosphoramidite group).
- the methods provide for purification by precipitation without using column chromatography. Such methods are useful for a number of reasons including lowered cost, improved yield and reduced overall synthesis and isolation times.
- the modified nucleoside phosphoramidites used in the synthesis of oligomeric compounds include two coupling sites which are associated with the sugar moiety. These sites are used in an iterative process in conjunction with orthogonal protection for incorporation into an oligomeric compound at a selected position.
- the protected hydroxyl coupling site (normally 5'-O- DMT) provides a free hydroxyl after incorporation and deprotection for further elongation steps and the reactive phosphorous site forms an internucleoside linkage upon reaction with a free hydroxyl group.
- nucleosides and modified nucleosides "monomers” having a variety of different sugar groups including substituted sugars, modified sugars and sugar surrogate groups. It is expected that the methods provided herein would also be applicable to native (2'-H and 2'-OH) type ribonucleosides.
- a reaction mixture comprising the steps of: forming a biphasic mixture comprising the reaction mixture which is optionally concentrated, at least one polar organic solvent and water; washing the biphasic mixture one or more times with a non-polar organic solvent; adding one or more organic solvents to the washed biphasic mixture to form a first mixture; washing the first mixture one or more times with a mixture comprising a polar organic solvent and water thereby providing an organic phase; concentrating the organic phase, dissolving the resulting residue in an organic solvent to provide a first solution wherein the organic phase or the first solution is optionally washed, dried and filtered; combining the first solution with a non-polar organic solvent to precipitate the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite, optionally decanting the non-polar solvent and repeating the combination step one or more times and isolating the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite; wherein the modified nucleoside phosphorami
- the methods are used for purification and isolation of modified nucleoside phosphoramidites having formula II:
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- Pg is a hydroxyl protecting group
- the methods are used for purification and isolation of modified nucleoside phosphoramidites having formula III:
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- Pg is a hydroxyl protecting group
- Z 1 and Z 2 are each, independently, H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl or substituted C 2 -C 6 alkynyl;
- the methods provided herein are used for purification and isolation of modified nucleoside phosphoramidites comprising sugar surrogate groups.
- modified nucleoside phosphoramidites comprising sugar surrogate groups.
- Such monomers include a non-ribose sugar such as a morpholino, cyclohexenyl or a cyclohexitol group.
- the modified nucleoside phosphoramidites each comprise a DMT (preferably 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl) protected hydroxyl group and a phosphoramidite group having the formula OPO(CH 2 ) 2 CN(N(CH(CH 3 ) 2 ) 2 .
- methods of purifying a modified nucleoside from a reaction mixture comprising the steps of: concentrating the reaction mixture, dissolving the resultant residue in a polar organic solvent and optionally adding water to provide a first mixture; washing the first mixture one or more times with one or more aqueous solutions, separating the organic phase and drying, filtering and concentrating the organic phase to an oil; dissolving the oil into a polar organic solvent optionally containing about 1 % organic base and combining the resulting solution with a non-polar organic solvent to precipitate the modified nucleoside, optionally washing the modified nucleoside with a non-polar solvent one or more times and isolating the modified nucleoside; and wherein the modified nucleoside comprises a protected hydroxyl group.
- the methods are used for purification and isolation of modified nucleosides having formula IV:
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
- the methods are used for purification and isolation of modified nucleosides having formula V:
- Pg is a 5'-protecting group
- Zi and Z 2 are each, independently, H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl or substituted C 2 -C 6 alkynyl;
- the methods provided herein are used for purification and isolation of modified nucleosides comprising sugar surrogate groups.
- Such monomers include a non-ribose sugar such as a morpholino, cyclohexenyl or a cyclohexitol group.
- the modified nucleosides each comprise a DMT (preferably 4,4'- dimethoxytrityl) protected hydroxyl group and a free hydroxyl group.
- DMT preferably 4,4'- dimethoxytrityl
- polar organic solvents are selected from DMF, ethyl acetate, toluene, and chloroform.
- non-polar organic solvents are selected from dichloro- methane, an ether, pentane, hexane, heptane, octane or cyclohexane.
- aromatic solvents are selected from toluene, benzene, alkylbenzene, xylene and combinations thereof.
- the methods are used for purification and isolation of purine nucleoside phosphoramidites of Formula I that are synthesized starting with unprotected purine nucleosides.
- the initial step of the synthesis involves the protection of the exocyclic amino group(s) of the purine heterocyclic base moiety. Generally, the protection is achieved by acylation with an acylating reagent such as, for example, benzoylchloride or isobutyrylchloride.
- the exocyclic amino protected purine nucleosides are purified and treated with a hydroxyl protecting group to give the 5'- O-protected purine nucleosides.
- the 5'-O-protected purine nucleosides are purified and phosphitylated to give 5'-0 -protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidites. Purification is achieved by precipitation and/or crystallization and without the use of column chromatography in each of the synthetic steps.
- the methods are used for purification and isolation of purine nucleoside phosphoramidites comprising Formula I is shown below:
- Bx is an optionally protected and/or optionally substituted purine heterocyclic base moiety.
- Ti is a hydroxyl protecting group with preferred hydroxyl protecting groups including substituted or unsubstituted trityl groups.
- a particularly preferred hydroxyl protecting group is 4,4'- dimethoxytrityl (DMT).
- T 2 is a phosphoramidite group wherein one preferred phosphoramidite group has the formula -P(NR 2 R 3 )(OR 4 ), wherein R 2 and R 3 are each Cj-C 6 straight or branched alkyl, which include but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 2-prophyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and the like; and R 4 is any group that is compatible with oligonucleotide synthesis that may be removed after synthesis is complete.
- R 4 is a substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl including at least one heteroatom.
- R 4 is -CH 2 CH 2 CN.
- a preferred phosphoramidite group is
- R is H or a 2'- substituent group.
- Representative 2'-substituent groups include but are not limited to halogen, substituted or unsubstituted 0-Ci-C 6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted 0-C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted 0-C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; wherein each substituted group, independently, comprises one or more substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJi, SJi, NJ]J 2 , N 3 ,
- each Ji and J 2 is, independently, H, C r C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, Ci-C 6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group.
- Preferred 2 '-substituent groups include halogen, alkoxy (2'-0-alkyl), alkoxyalkoxy (2'-O-alkyl-alkoxy) and derivatives thereof. Particularly preferred 2'-substituent groups include fluoro, methoxy, methoxyethoxy (MOE),
- DMAEOE dimethylaminoethyloxyethoxy
- AOE aminooxyethoxy
- DMAOE dimethylaminooxyethoxy
- a crude phosphoramidite solution is obtained from the last step of nucleoside phosphoramidite synthesis comprising a purine nucleoside phosphoramidite of Formula I.
- the crude phosphoramidite solution comprises dimethylformamide or N-
- the crude phosphoramidite solution cooled to a temperature between about O °C and about 10 °C, preferably at about 5 0 C.
- An organic base is added to the crude phosphoramidite solution with stirring at room temperature for a period of time, preferably for about 15 minutes.
- the organic base is used to increase the pH of the aqueous solution in order to prevent deprotection of the 5' hydroxyl protecting group.
- the organic base is an amine including aliphatic or
- the organic base is a hindered amine including but not limited to piperidine, pyridine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine.
- the crude phosphoramidite solution containing the organic base is cooled to a temperature between about O 0 C and about 10 °C and water is added (exothermic) to form a first solution, which is generally a cloudy or milky solution. Applicants have found it desirable to maintain the
- the first solution is washed with a first solvent which is an aliphatic hydrocarbon to obtain a washed first solution.
- An aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent is used to extract and remove some of the side products or reagents from the reaction mixture, for example, 2- cyanoethyl-N,N,N',N'-tetraisopropyl phosphoramidite.
- Suitable second solvents include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as alkanes with preferred alkanes including pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, cyclohexane and the like.
- the step of washing a solution with a solvent can be carried out in
- the solution is contacted with the washing solvent and the washing solvent is eventually removed.
- the resulting mixture is stirred, shaken or otherwise mixed using any method including but not limited to manual mixing, mechanical or magnetic stirring or a combination thereof.
- the wash solvent is removed, preferably by separation of the two phases. Separation occurs due to the immiscibility of
- the washing may be carried out in multiple times, for example, dividing the solvent in multiple portions and contacting the solution with each portion of the solvent one at a time, and then discarding each portion of the solvent after each wash. Generally, the washing is conducted at a temperature in a range of about 0 0C to about 40 °C. i 5
- the washed first solution is then contacted and mixed with a second solvent thereby forming a mixture, wherein the 5'-O-protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidite dissolves into the second solvent.
- the second solvent is a water-immiscible organic solvent mixture.
- the water-immiscible organic solvent mixture contains two organic solvents that are both immiscible with water.
- One of the water-immiscible organic solvents is an aromatic solvent and the
- !0 other is a hydrocarbon solvent.
- exemplary aromatic solvents include but are not limited to benzene, alkylbenzene, toluene, xylene and combinations thereof. Toluene is a preferred aromatic solvent as it is less toxic than benzene and has a lower boiling point than xylene.
- exemplary hydrocarbon solvents include but are not limited to n-pentane, n-heptane, hexane, cyclohexane, octane and the like or mixtures thereof.
- the 5'-O-protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidite is soluble in the
- aromatic solvent and substantially insoluble in the hydrocarbon solvent.
- Any ratio of aromatic solvent and hydrocarbon solvent may be used, provided the 5'-O-protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidite is soluble in the mixture.
- the ratio of aromatic solvent and hydrocarbon solvent is within the range of about 60:40 to about 80:20 respectively, by volume, and more preferable from about 50:50 to about 80:20 respectively.
- the third solvent is a water-miscible organic solvent mixture.
- the water-miscible organic solvent mixture is a mixture of a water-miscible solvent with water.
- Exemplary water-miscible solvents include dimethylformamide, dimethyl acetamide, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolid-2-one, acetonitrile, and the like or mixtures thereof.
- the ratio of the water miscible organic solvent and water is within the range of about 40:60 to about 80:20 respectively, by volume, and more preferable from about 50:50 to about 80:20 respectively.
- the third solvent is water-miscible, the water
- the organic phase containing the 5'-O-protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidite is further washed with a solution of saturated bicarbonate/carbonate and ethyl acetate may be added to the layer during the bicarbonate/carbonate wash to help facilitate a better separation.
- the organic phase is further washed with brine and dried over a suitable drying agent such as sodium or magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to obtain a residue.
- Suitable fourth solvents are aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene and xylene or mixtures thereof, hydrocarbons or mixtures of hydrocarbons, esters of aliphatic carboxylic acids, e.g. ethyl acetate, ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether, tert-butyl ethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran, likewise alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol,
- !0 isobutanol, tert-butanol, pentanol and also ketones such as acetone or methyl ethyl ketone.
- a preferred fourth solvent is ethyl acetate.
- a fifth solvent is slowly added to the fourth solvent containing the dissolved residue.
- Suitable fifth solvents includes n-pentane, n-heptane, hexane, cyclohexane, octane and the like or mixture thereof.
- the precipitation methods disclosed herein have provided higher relative
- alkyl refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms.
- alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, n-hexyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl and the like.
- Alkyl groups typically include from 1 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms (Ci-Ci 2 alkyl) with from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms (Ci-C 6 alkyl) being more preferred.
- Alkyl groups as used herein may optionally include one or more further substitutent groups.
- substituted alkyl refers to an alkyl group as described above including a halo- substituent selected from F, Br, Cl or I or CF 3 , an alkoxy substituent, an alkyl-aryl substituent, a haloaryl substituent, a cycloalkyl substituent, an alkylcycloalkyl substituent, hydroxy, an alkylamino substituent, an alkanoylamino substituent, an arylcarbonylamino substituent, a nitro substituent, a cyano substituent, a thiol substituent or an alkylthio substituent.
- alkenyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms and having at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
- alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, l-methyl-2- buten-1-yl, dienes such as 1,3 -butadiene and the like.
- Alkenyl groups typically include from 2 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 2 to about 12 carbon atoms with from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms being more preferred.
- Alkenyl groups as used herein may optionally include one or more further substitutent groups.
- alkynyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms and having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
- alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, and the like.
- Alkynyl groups typically include from 2 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 2 to about 12 carbon atoms with from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms being more preferred.
- Alkynyl groups as used herein may optionally include one or more further substitutent groups.
- alkoxy refers to a radical formed between an alkyl group and an oxygen atom wherein the oxygen atom is used to attach the alkoxy group to a parent molecule.
- alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, «-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentoxy, neopentoxy, n-hexoxy and the like.
- Alkoxy groups as used herein may optionally include further substitutent groups.
- halo and halogen refer to an atom selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
- aryl and aromatic refer to a mono- or polycyclic carbocyclic ring system radicals having one or more aromatic rings. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthalenyl (also referred to herein as naphthyl), tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, idenyl and the like. Preferred aryl ring systems have from about 5 to about 20 carbon atoms in one or more rings. Aryl groups as used herein may optionally include further substitutent groups.
- hexane as used herein is intended to include a single hexane and any mixture of hexanes.
- heterocyclic radical refers to a radical mono-, or poly-cyclic ring system that includes at least one heteroatom and is unsaturated, partially saturated or fully saturated, thereby including heteroaryl groups. Heterocyclic is also meant to include fused ring systems wherein one or more of the fused rings contain at least one heteroatom and the other rings can contain one or more heteroatoms or optionally contain no heteroatoms.
- a heterocyclic group typically includes at least one atom selected from sulfur, nitrogen or oxygen.
- heterocyclic groups include, [l,3]dioxolane, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridazinonyl, tetrahydrofuryl and the like.
- Heterocyclic groups as used herein may optionally include further substitutent groups.
- heteroaryl refers to a radical comprising a mono- or poly-cyclic aromatic ring, ring system or fused ring system wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic and includes one or more heteroatom. Heteroaryl is also meant to include fused ring systems including systems where one or more of the fused rings contain no heteroatoms. Heteroaryl groups typically include one ring atom selected from sulfur, nitrogen or oxygen.
- heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzooxazolyl, quinoxalinyl, and the like.
- Heteroaryl radicals can be attached to a parent molecule directly or through a linking moiety such as an aliphatic group or hetero atom.
- Heteroaryl groups as used herein may optionally include further substitutent groups.
- substituted and “substituent group,” as used herein, are meant to include groups that are typically added to other groups or parent compounds to enhance desired properties or provide other desired effects. Groups that are substituted comprise one or more substituent groups. Substituent groups can be protected or unprotected and can be added to one available site or to many available sites in a parent compound. Substituent groups may also be further substituted with other substituent groups and may be attached directly or via a linking group such as an alkyl or hydro- carbyl group to a parent compound.
- each R aa , R bb and R cc is, independently, H, an optionally linked chemical functional group or a further substituent group with a preferred list including without limitation, H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aliphatic, alkoxy, acyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic and heteroarylalkyl.
- Selected substituents within the compounds described herein are present to a recursive degree.
- "recursive substituent” means that a substituent may recite another instance of itself. Because of the recursive nature of such substituents, theoretically, a large number may be present in any given claim.
- Recursive substituents are an intended aspect of the invention.
- One of ordinary skill in the art of medicinal and organic chemistry understands the versatility of such substituents.
- stable compound and “stable structure” as used herein are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent. Only stable compounds are contemplated herein.
- protecting group refers to a labile chemical moiety which is known in the art to protect reactive groups including without limitation, hydroxyl, amino and thiol groups, against undesired reactions during synthetic procedures. Protecting groups are typically used selectively and/or orthogonally to protect sites during reactions at other reactive sites and can then be removed to leave the unprotected group as is or available for further reactions. Protecting groups as known in the art are described generally in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1999).
- Groups can be selectively incorporated into oligomeric compounds of the invention as precursors.
- an amino group can be placed into a compound of the invention as an azido group that can be chemically converted to the amino group at a desired point in the synthesis.
- groups are protected or present as precursor that will be inert to reactions that modify other areas of the parent molecule for conversion into their final groups at an appropriate time.
- hydroxy 1 protecting groups include, but are not limited to, acetyl, t-butyl, t- butoxymethyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1-ethoxy ethyl, 1 -(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, p- chlorophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, diphenylmethyl, p-nitrobenzyl, bis(2-
- ACE acetoxyethoxymethyl
- 2-trimethylsilylethyl trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, [(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl
- TOM triisopropylsilyl
- benzoylformate chloroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, pivaloyl, benzoyl, p-phenylbenzoyl, 9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate, mesylate, tosylate, triphenylmethyl (trityl), monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl (DMT), trimethoxytrityl, 1 (2-fluorophenyl)-4-methoxypiperidin-4-yl (FPMP), 9-phenylxanthine-9-
- hydroxyl protecting groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, benzoyl, mesylate, tosylate, dimethoxytrityl (DMT), 9-phenylxanthine-9-yl (Pixyl) and 9-(p- methoxyphenyl)xanthine-9-yl (MOX).
- amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, carbamate-protecting groups, such as 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl (Teoc), 1 -methyl- l-(4-biphenylyl)ethoxycarbonyl (Bpoc), t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc), and benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz); amide-protecting groups, such as formyl, isobutyryl, acetyl, phenoxyacetyl, trihaloacetyl, benzoyl, and nitrophenylacetyl; sulfonamide-protecting groups, such as 2-nitrobenzyl (Teoc), 1 -methyl- l-(4-biphenylyl)ethoxycarbonyl (Bpoc), t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc),
- oligomeric compounds are prepared by connecting nucleosides with optionally protected phosphorus containing internucleoside linkages.
- Representative protecting groups for phosphorus containing internucleoside linkages such as phosphodiester and phosphorothioate linkages include ⁇ -cyanoethyl, diphenylsilylethyl, ⁇ -cyanobutenyl, cyano p-xylyl (CPX), N-methyl-N-trifluoroacetyl ethyl (META), acetoxy phenoxy ethyl (APE) and butene-4-yl groups. See for example U.S. Patents Nos. 4,725,677 and Re. 34,069 ( ⁇ -cyanoethyl); Beaucage, S.L. and Iyer, R.P., Tetrahedron, 49 No. 10, pp.
- compounds having reactive phosphorus groups are provided that are useful for forming internucleoside linkages including for example phosphodiester and phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages.
- Such reactive phosphorus groups are known in the art and contain phosphorus atoms in P 111 or P v valence state including, but not limited to, phosphoramidite, H- phosphonate, phosphate triesters and phosphorus containing chiral auxiliaries.
- a preferred synthetic solid phase synthesis utilizes phosphoramidites (P 111 chemistry) as reactive phosphites. The intermediate phosphite compounds are subsequently oxidized to the phosphate or thiophosphate (P v chemistry) using known methods to yield, phosphodiester or phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. Additional reactive phosphates and phosphites are disclosed in Tetrahedron Report Number 309 (Beaucage and Iyer, Tetrahedron, 1992, 48, 2223-231 1).
- oligomeric compound refers to a polymer having at least a region that is capable of hybridizing to a nucleic acid molecule.
- oligomeric compound includes oligonucleotides, oligonucleotide analogs and oligonucleosides as well as nucleotide mimetics and/or mixed polymers comprising nucleic acid and non-nucleic acid components. Oligomeric compounds are routinely prepared linearly but can be joined or otherwise prepared to be circular and may also include branching. Oligomeric compounds can form double stranded constructs such as for example two strands hybridized to form double stranded compositions.
- the double stranded compositions can be linked or separate and can include overhangs on the ends.
- an oligomeric compound comprises a backbone of linked monomeric subunits where each linked monomeric subunit is directly or indirectly attached to a heterocyclic base moiety. Oligomeric compounds may also include monomeric subunits that are not linked to a heterocyclic base moiety thereby providing abasic sites.
- the linkages joining the monomeric subunits, the sugar moieties or surrogates and the heterocyclic base moieties can be independently modified.
- the linkage-sugar unit which may or may not include a heterocyclic base, may be substituted with a mimetic such as the monomers in peptide nucleic acids.
- nucleoside is a base-sugar combination.
- the base portion of the nucleoside is normally a heterocyclic base moiety.
- the two most common classes of such heterocyclic bases are purines and pyrimidines.
- Nucleotides are nucleosides that further include a phosphate group covalently linked to the sugar portion of the nucleoside. For those nucleosides that include a pentofuranosyl sugar, the phosphate group can be linked to either the 2', 3' or 5' hydroxyl moiety of the sugar.
- the phosphate groups covalently link adjacent nucleosides to one another to form a linear polymeric compound.
- the respective ends of this linear polymeric structure can be joined to form a circular structure by hybridization or by formation of a covalent bond.
- open linear structures are generally desired.
- the phosphate groups are commonly referred to as forming the internucleoside linkages of the oligonucleotide.
- the normal internucleoside linkage of RNA and DNA is a 3' to 5' phospho- diester linkage.
- modified nucleoside is meant to include all manner of modified nucleosides that can be incorporated into an oligomeric compound using oligomer synthesis.
- the term is intended to include modifications made to a nucleoside such as modified stereochemical configurations, one or more substitutions, and deletion of groups and replacement of the furanose ring with another ring system or open system e.g. a "sugar surrogate”.
- the term includes nucleosides having a furanose sugar (or 4'-S analog) portion and can include a heterocyclic base or can include an abasic site.
- modified nucleosides includes without limitation, substituted nucleosides (such as 2', 5', and/or 4' substituted nucleosides) 4'-S- modified nucleosides, (such as 4'-S-ribonucleosides, 4'-S-2'-deoxyribonucleosides and 4'-S-2'- substituted ribonucleosides), bicyclic modified nucleosides (such as for example, bicyclic nucleosides wherein the sugar group has a 2'-O-CHR a -4' bridging group, wherein R 3 is H, alkyl or substituted alkyl) and base modified nucleosides.
- substituted nucleosides such as 2', 5', and/or 4' substituted nucleosides
- 4'-S- modified nucleosides such as 4'-S-ribonucleosides, 4'-S-2'-deoxyribonucleosides and 4'-S
- the sugar can be modified with more than one of these modifications listed such as for example a bicyclic modified nucleoside further including a 5'- substitution or a 5' or 4' substituted nucleoside further including a 2' substitutent.
- modified nucleoside also includes combinations of these modifications such as a base and sugar modified nucleosides. These modifications are meant to be illustrative and not exhaustive as other modifications are known in the art and are also envisioned as possible modifications for the modified nucleosides described herein.
- monomer subunit or “monomer” is meant to include all manner of monomer units that are amenable to oligomer synthesis with one preferred list including monomer subunits such as ⁇ -D-ribonucleosides, ⁇ -D-2'-deoxyribnucleosides, modified nucleosides, including substituted nucleosides (such as 2', 5' and bis substituted nucleosides), 4'-S-modified nucleosides, (such as 4'-S-ribonucleosides, 4'-S-2'-deoxyribonucleosides and 4'-S-2'-substituted ribonucleosides), bicyclic modified nucleosides (such as bicyclic nucleosides wherein the sugar group has a 2'-O- CHR a -4' bridging group, wherein R a is H, alkyl or substituted alkyl), other modified nucleosides, nucleosides, nucleo
- sugar surrogate refers to replacement of the nucleoside furanose ring with a non-furanose (or 4'-substituted furanose) group with another structure such as another ring system or open system.
- Such structures can be as simple as a six membered ring as opposed to the five membered furanose ring or can be more complicated as is the case with the non-ring system used in peptide nucleic acid.
- the term is meant to include replacement of the sugar group with all manner of sugar surrogates know in the art and includes without limitation sugar surrogate groups such as morpholinos, cyclohexenyls and cyclohexitols. In most monomer subunits having a sugar surrogate group the heterocyclic base moiety is generally maintained to permit hybridization.
- nucleosides having sugar surrogate groups include without limitation, replacement of the ribosyl ring with a surrogate ring system such as a cyclohexitol (e.g. tetrahydropyranyl) ring system (also referred to as hexitol) as illustrated below:
- a surrogate ring system such as a cyclohexitol (e.g. tetrahydropyranyl) ring system (also referred to as hexitol) as illustrated below:
- the modified nucleosides described herein contain multiple asymmetric centers and thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)-, ⁇ or ⁇ , or as (D)- or (L)- such as for amino acids and nucleic acids. Included herein are all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms. Optical isomers may be prepared from their respective optically active precursors by the procedures described above, or by resolving the racemic mixtures. The resolution can be carried out in the presence of a resolving agent, by chromatography or by repeated
- heterocyclic base moiety and “nucleobase” as used herein, include unmodified or naturally occurring nucleobases, modified or non-naturally occurring nucleobases as well as
- a heterocyclic base moiety is heterocyclic system that contains one or more atoms or groups of atoms capable of hydrogen bonding to a base of a nucleic acid.
- nucleobase and “naturally occurring nucleobase” include the purine bases adenine (A) and guanine (G), and the pyrimidine bases thymine (T),
- Modified nucleobases include other synthetic and natural nucleobases such as 5-methylcytosine (5-me-C), 5-hydroxymethyl cytosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2- aminoadenine, 6-methyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-propyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-thiouracil, 2-thiothymine and 2-thiocytosine, 5-halouracil and cytosine, 5-propynyl (-C ⁇ C-CH 3 ) uracil and cytosine and other alkynyl derivatives of pyrimidine
- Further modified nucleobases include tricyclic pyrimidines such as phenoxazine cytidine(lH-pyrimido[5,4- b][l,4]benzoxazin-2(3H)-one), phenothiazine cytidine (lH-pyrimido[5,4-b][l,4]benzothiazin-2(3H)- one), G-clamps such as a substituted phenoxazine cytidine (e.g.
- nucleobases may also include those in which the purine or pyrimidine base is replaced with other heterocycles, for example 7-deaza-adenine, 7-deazaguanosine, 2-aminopyridine and 2-pyridone.
- nucleobases include those disclosed in United States Patent No. 3,687,808, those disclosed in The Concise Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science And Engineering, Kroschwitz, J. L, Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1990, 858-859; those disclosed by Englisch et al., Angewandte Chemie, International Edition, 1991, 30, 613; and those disclosed by Sanghvi, Y.S., Chapter 15, Antisense Research and Applications, Crooke, S.T. and Lebleu, B., Eds., CRC Press, 1993, 273-288.
- the heterocyclic base moiety of each of the modified nucleosides provided herein can be modified with one or more substituent groups to enhance one or more properties such as affinity for a target strand or affect some other property in an advantageous manner.
- Modified nucleobases include without limitation, universal bases, hydrophobic bases, promiscuous bases, size-expanded bases, and fluorinated bases as defined herein. Certain of these nucleobases are particularly useful for increasing the binding affinity of the oligomeric compounds as provided herein. These include 5 -substituted pyrimidines, 6-azapyrimidines and N-2, N-6 and O-6 substituted purines, including 2- aminopropyladenine, 5-propynyluracil and 5-propynylcytosine.
- bicyclic nucleic acid and “bicyclic nucleoside” refer to nucleosides wherein the sugar portion of the nucleoside is bicyclic (e.g. bicyclic sugar).
- a bicyclic nucleic acid comprises a nucleoside wherein the furanose ring comprises a bridge between two non-geminal ring carbon atoms.
- Examples of bicyclic nucleosides include without limitation nucleosides comprising a bridge between the 4' and the 2' ribosyl ring atoms.
- oligomeric compounds provided herein include one or more bicyclic nucleosides wherein the bridge comprises one of the formulae: 4'-(CH 2 )-O-2' (LNA); 4'-(CH 2 )-S-2'; 4'-(CH 2 ) 2 -O- 2' (ENA); 4'-CH(CH 3 )-O-2' and 4'-CH(CH 2 OCH 3 )-O-2' (and analogs thereof see U.S. Patent 7,399,845, issued on July 15, 2008); 4'-C(CH 3 )(CH 3 )-O-2 T (and analogs thereof see published
- bicyclic nucleosides can be prepared having one or more stereochemical sugar configurations including for example ⁇ -L-ribofuranose and ⁇ -D-ribofuranose (see PCT international application PCT/DK98/00393, published on March 25, 1999 as WO 99/14226).
- phosphitylating reagent refers generally to any reagent compound capable of reacting with a hydroxyl-containing compound in the presence of a phosphitylation activator to form a bond between the oxygen atom of a hydroxyl group of the nucleoside and a phosphorus atom of the phosphitylating agent to form a phosphitylated nucleoside.
- Suitable phosphitylating agents include, for example, phosphines, such as bis-substituted phosphines, including, alkoxy-bis (dialkylamino) phosphines, such as bis-diisopropylamino-2- cyanoethoxyphosphine; dialkoxy (dialkylamino) phosphines; alkoxy-alkyl (dialkylamino) phosphines, bis (N, N- diisopropylamino)-2-methyltrifluoroacetylaminoethoxyphosphine; bis (N, N- diisopropylamino)-2-diphenyl-methylsilylethoxyphosphine; (allyloxy) bis (N, N-dimethylamino)- phosphine; and the like; as well as, phosphoramidites, such as, hydroxyl-protected-N, N, N', N'-
- Preferred phosphitylating agents include hydroxyl-protected-N, N, N', N'- phosphoramidites, such as, 2- cyanoethyl-N, N, N', N'-tetraisopropylphosphorodiamidite, methoxy- N, N, N', N'- tetraisopropylphosphorodiamidite, 5'-O-Dimethoxytrityl-2'-deoxy Adenosine (N-
- the phosphitylating agent is 2-cyanoethyl-N, N, N',
- phosphitylation activator refers generally to a compound that promotes the reaction of a hydroxyl-containing compound with a phosphitylating reagent to produce a phosphitylated compound.
- activators generally used during phosphitylating reactions include, but are not limited to, tetrazole,
- .5 imidazole e.g. 1 -methylimidazole
- COLT 2,4,6-collidine trifluoroacetate
- the solid was dissolved in wate ⁇ acetone (1.4 L, 1 :1) at room temperature and washed with ether (3 x 2 L). The ether layer was decanted after each wash. Precipitation occurred after the first washing. The flask was then cooled in an ice bath for 40 minutes. The precipitate was filtered and rinsed with cold water (300 mL). The collected solid precipitate was suspended in ether (2 L) and
- the mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and water (300.0 mL) was added to provide a 10 cloudy :milky solution.
- the biphasic mixture was removed from ice-bath and washed 4 times with hexane (500 mL).
- the hexane layer was decanted after each washing leaving an oil at the bottom of the flask.
- a mixture of toluene:hexane (3:1, 2 L) were added to the aqueous layer and stirred vigorously to completely dissolve the oil.
- the resulting solution was vigorously shaken with DMF:water (3:2, 1 x 200 niL and 4 x 500 mL).
- the DMF:water was decanted after each wash.
- the solid was dissolved in water (700 mL) at room temperature and washed with ether (700 mL) by vigorously stirring the solution mixture for 40 minutes. Precipitation occurred and the flask was then cooled in an ice bath for 30 minutes. The precipitate was filtered and rinsed with cold water (300 mL). The precipitate was suspended in ether (1 L) and the suspension was stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The precipitate was filtered again and rinsed with ether to obtain 114.0 g of solid. The solid was then dissolved in DCM:MeOH (3 : 1 , 2.0 L) and water was added to the solution.
- the DCM:MeOH layer was slowly evaporated under reduced pressure at 25 0 C until the product was fully precipitated from solution and then the mixture was cooled in an ice bath.
- the solid was filtered, rinsed with cold water (300 mL) and dried over P 2 O 5 over night to obtain Compound 10 (93.0 g, 67 %).
- Another 7.2 g of solid, Compound 10 was obtained by slowly evaporating the filtrate.
- the total amount of Compound 10 obtained was 100.2 g.
- N,O-Bis(trimethylsilyi)acetamide (815 mL, 3.17 mol) was added to a suspension of Compound 13 (730 g, 0.99 mol, prepared as per the procedures illustrated in U.S. Patent 7,399,845, issued on July 15, 2008) and 6-iV-benzoyladenine (307 g, 1.28 mol) in dichloroethane (8 L).
- the reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 minutes at which time it became clear.
- the mixture was cooled in an ice bath and trimethylsilyl triflate (362 mL, 1.88 mol) was added dropwise. When TLC showed that the starting material had been consumed with the formation of a new product spot, the reaction was stopped.
- the crude oil was dissolved in ethyl acetate (1.0 L) and washed with saturated NaHCO 3 solution (I x 1000 mL) and brine (1 x 1000 mL). The resulting organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 filtered and evaporated to an oil. The oil was dissolved into toluene (500 mL) and the toluene solution was slowly added to 2.5 L of hexane with vigorous stirring to provide a white precipitate. The precipitate was isolated and rinsed with fresh hexane. The resulting solid was dried over P 2 O 5 over night under high reduced pressure to provide Compound 43 (184.0 g, 99 %).
- DMF:water 500 mL, 3:2 was added and the separatory funnel with vigorous shaking which provided two layers.
- the organic layer was evaporated to an oil and redissolved in DCM (1.0 L).
- the resulting organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO 3 solution (500 mL) and brine (500 mL) and then dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to about 500 mL.
- Compound 46 was prepared following the general procedure of Example 9. Compound 46 was obtained at a purity of 96.9% as measured by UV.
- Compound 48 was prepared following the general procedure of Example 9. Compound 48 was obtained at a purity of 92.8% as measured by UV.
- Compound 50 was prepared following the general procedure of Example 9. Compound 50 was obtained at a purity of 96.5% as measured by UV.
- Compound 52 was prepared following the general procedure of Example 9. Compound 52 was obtained at a purity of 96.5% as measured by UV.
- Pivaloyl chloride (5.5 mmol, 0.67 mL) was added to a solution of commercially available l,5-anhydro-4,6-O-benzylidene-D-glucitol (Carbosynth Limited, UK.) Compound 53 (5 mmol, 1.25 g), triethylamine (5.5 mmol, 0.77 mL) and dimethylaminopyridine (20 mg) in dichloromethane (25 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 24 hours, the reaction was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with 5% HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine then dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and concentrated.
- Trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (4.8 mmol, 0.8 niL) was added to a cold (0 0 C) solution of Compound 54 (3.2 mmol, 1.07 g) and pyridine (0.5 mL). After stirring for one hour the reaction was quenched by adding water and the organic layer was washed with water and brine then dried 0 (Na 2 SO 4 ) and concentrated to provide crude Compound 56 which was used without any further purification.
- Trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (0.45 mmol, 0.08 mL) was added to a cold (0 0 C) solution of compound 58 (0.3 mmol, 0.08 g) and pyridine (0.05 mL). After stirring for one hour, the reaction was quenched by adding water and the organic layer was washed with water and brine then dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and concentrated to provide Compound 59 which was used without any further purification.
- DMTCl 4,4'-Dimethoxytrityl chloride
- Tetrazole (1.36 g, 0.0194 mol), 1 -methylimidazole (.48 mL, 0.006 mol) and 2-cyanoethyl N,N,N'-N'-tetraisopropylphosphane (11.58 mL, 0.035 mol) were added to a solution of Compound 64 (16 g, 0.024 mol) in DMF (715 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under an atmosphere of argon for 4 hours at which time the reaction was complete by TLC. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath, quenched with Et 3 N (10.0 mL) and diluted with water (97 mL.
- the resulting cloudy/milky mixture was then washed with 4 times with hexane (200 mL).
- a mixture of toluene: hexane (3 : 1 , 300 mL) was added to provide a solution.
- the solution was then transferred to a 1 L separatory funnel and DMF:water (200 mL, 3:2) was added with vigorous shaking to provide two phases.
- the bottom phase (DMF/water) was removed and the top organic phase (toluene/hexane) was washed 4 times with a mixture of with DMF:water (3:2, 300 mL).
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Provided herein are methods for preparing purified modified nucleosides from reaction mixtures using precipitation as opposed to traditional chromatographic methods. The methods are particularly amenable to protected nucleosides and nucleoside phosphoramidites wherein the nucleosides can be modified.
Description
METHOD OF PREPARING NUCLEOSIDES AND ANALOGS THEREOF WITHOUT
USING CHROMATOGRAPHY
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims benefit under 35 USC 1 19(e) to U.S. Provisional Application No.
61/055,257, filed May 22, 2008, which is incorporated herein by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
Provided herein are methods for the preparation of nucleosides and analogs thereof without using chromatography. More particularly, the present disclosure provides methods of purifying intermediates at different steps by precipitation which is more cost effective and less time intensive than traditional chromatography at these steps.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Oligonucleotides have been used in various biological and biochemical applications. They have been used as primers and probes for the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), as antisense agents used in target validation, drug discovery and development, as ribozymes, as aptamers, and as general stimulators of the immune system. This widespread use of oligonucleotides has led to an increasing demand for rapid, inexpensive and efficient methods for their synthesis. Synthetic oligonucleotides are generally prepared through the repeated coupling reactions of nucleoside phosphoramidites to the 5'-hydroxyl group of a nucleoside monomer or the free 5'- hydroxyl group of a growing oligomer. The most commonly used method to perform oligomer synthesis is the phosphoramidite approach which is largely based on developments reported in the literature (see for example: Beaucage and Caruthers (1981) Tetrahedron Letters 22:1859-1862; McBride and Caruthers (1983) Tetrahedron Letters 24:245-248; Sinha et al. (1984) Nucleic Acids Res. 12:4539-4557 and Beaucage and Iyer (1992) Tetrahedron 48:2223-2311, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
Oligomer synthesis can be performed using solution or solid phase chemistries. Solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis (SPOS) is the preferred method. In SPOS, oligonucleotides are assembled in a cyclical manner, each cycle consisting of a series of three chemical reactions. The first reaction is a deblocking reaction, i.e. the removal of a hydroxyl protecting group from a nucleoside monomer or an oligomer bound to a support. Generally, this requires the removal of a
dimethoxytrityl protecting group to provide a free hydroxyl group. The second reaction is the coupling reaction, normally performed in the presence of an activator, wherein the free hydroxyl group is reacted with a nucleoside phosphoramidite to provide a phosphite triester in the presence of an activator. The third reaction is the oxidation of the phosphite triester to a phosphate triester.
5 Optionally, a capping step is included either directly before or after each oxidation reaction in order to block support bound nucleoside monomers or oligomers which failed to react in the coupling reaction and to prevent them from further chain elongation in subsequent coupling steps.
A major limiting factor for cost efficient synthesis of oligonucleotides is the time and cost required to purify phosphoramidites and the intermediates formed during their synthesis. The
[ 0 standard method used in the industry for purifying nucleoside phosphoramidites and the intermediates formed during their synthesis column chromatography, especially flash column chromatography which primarily uses silica gel. Regardless of which particular type of column chromatography is used, purification by column chromatography requires large amounts of support material (silica gel for example) and large volumes of high purity solvents. The process also
5 requires a lot of time as its labor-intensive nature requires precise monitoring to make the fraction cuts at the appropriate times to maximize the yield of purified product. During the purification of purine nucleoside phosphoramidites using column chromatography, one of the major challenges is the determination of the ideal chromatography solvent gradient to elute the nucleosides of interest. Purine nucleosides tend to precipitate or otherwise interact with the support of the chromatographic
10 column, leading to rapid loss of column efficiency and a large increase in column back-pressure. Increasing the polarity of the eluant can lead to deprotection of the 5'-dimethoxytrity (DMT) group. Due to the difficulties inherent in the methods currently being used, there exists a need in the art for more efficient methods for the synthesis and purification phosphoramidites especially purine phosphoramidites. Provided herein are methods that fulfill this need and provide purified monomers
15 (nucleosides and modified nucleosides) in high yields.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Provided herein are methods of purifying monomers used in the synthesis of oligomeric compounds. Such methods are particularly amenable to the final hydroxyl protected (0 phosphoramidite monomer and the hydroxyl protected monomer precursor to this final monomer. The methods provide the monomers in good yields having good purity using precipitation as
opposed to chromatography. Such methods reduce purification time and have economic advantages over the expense of having to do chromatography.
The variables are defined individually in further detail herein. It is to be understood that the monomers described herein include all combinations of the embodiments disclosed and variables defined herein.
In certain embodiments, methods are provided for purifying a modified nucleoside phosphoramidite from a reaction mixture comprising the steps of: forming a biphasic mixture comprising the reaction mixture which is optionally concentrated, at least one polar organic solvent and water; washing the biphasic mixture one or more times with a non-polar organic solvent; adding one or more organic solvents to the washed biphasic mixture to form a first mixture; washing the first mixture one or more times with a mixture comprising a polar organic solvent and water thereby providing an organic phase; concentrating the organic phase, dissolving the resulting residue in an organic solvent to provide a first solution wherein the organic phase or the first solution is optionally washed, dried and filtered; combining the first solution with a non-polar organic solvent to precipitate the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite, optionally decanting the non-polar solvent and repeating the combination step one or more times and isolating the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite; wherein said modified nucleoside phosphoramidite comprises a protected hydroxyl group.
In certain embodiments, the reaction mixture is concentrated prior to forming a biphasic mixture. In certain embodiments, the polar organic solvent added to the reaction mixture is DMF. In certain embodiments, the non-polar organic solvent used to wash the biphasic mixture is hexane.
In certain embodiments, the one or more organic solvents added to the washed biphasic mixture comprise a mixture of polar and non-polar organic solvents. In certain embodiments, the mixture comprises a polar organic solvent and a non-polar organic solvent in a ratio of from about 65:35 to about 85:15. In certain embodiments, the mixture of polar and non-polar organic solvents is water immiscible. In certain embodiments, the mixture comprises an aromatic solvent and a hydrocarbon solvent. In certain embodiments, the mixture comprises toluene and hexane. In certain embodiments, the first mixture is washed with a mixture of DMF and water in a ratio of from about 50:50 to about 70:30. In certain embodiments, the first mixture is washed from about 2 to about 6 times. In certain embodiments, the organic phase is concentrated and the
resulting residue dissolved in an organic solvent to provide the first solution. In certain embodiments, the organic phase is washed, dried and filtered prior to concentration. In certain embodiments, the first solution is washed, dried and filtered. In certain embodiments, the washing is performed with a solution OfNaHCO3 and the drying is over Na2SO4.
In certain embodiments, the organic solvent used to dissolve the organic phase is ethyl acetate, dichloromethane, chloroform or toluene. In certain embodiments, the non-polar solvent used to precipitate the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite is hexane or petroleum ether.
In certain embodiments, the methods provided herein are used to purify modified nucleoside phosphoramidites having formula II:
II wherein:
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
R1 is -H, -OH, -F, -0-CH3, -0-CH2CH2-O-CH3, -0-CH2-CH=CH2, N3, NH2, NHOH, -O-(CH2)2-O-N(E,)2, -O-CH2C(O)-N(E,)2, -0-CH2-CH2-CH2-NH2, -O-(CH2)2-O-(CH2)2-N(Ei)2 and and -O-CH2-N(H)-C(=NE,)[N(E1)2]; each Ei is, independently, H, Ci-Ci2 alkyl, a protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ci2 alkyl, C2-C12 alkenyl, or C2-Ci2 alkynyl;
Pg is a hydroxyl protecting group;
Zi and Z2 are each, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, substituted CpC6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl; each substituted group is mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJ,, SJ,, NJiJ2, N3, COOJ1, CN, O-C(=O)NJiJ2, N(H)C(=NH)NJ,J2, N(H)C(=0)N(H)J2 or N(H)C(=S)N(H)J2; and each Ji and J2 is, independently, H, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group.
In certain embodiments, Pg is a trityl group.
In certain embodiments, the methods provided herein are used to purify modified nucleoside phosphoramidites having formula III:
III wherein:
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
Pg is a hydroxyl protecting group;
Zi and Z2 are each, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl;
Qi and Q2 are each, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, thiol or substituted thiol; or Qi and Q2 together are methylene (=CH2); each substituted group is mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJ1, SJU NJjJ2, N3, COOJi, CN, 0-Q=O)NJiJ2, N(H)C(=NH)NJ,J2, N(H)C(=O)N(H)J2 or N(H)C(=S)N(H)J2; and each Ji and J2 is, independently, H, Cj-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Ci-C6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group.
In certain embodiments, Pg is a trityl group.
In certain embodiments, the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite comprises a sugar surrogate group. In certain embodiments, the sugar surrogate group is a morpholino, cyclohexenyl or a cyclohexitol group.
In certain embodiments, the hydroxyl protecting group is a trityl group. In certain embodiments, the trityl group is 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl.
In certain embodiments, methods of purifying a modified nucleoside from a reaction mixture are provided comprising the steps of:
concentrating the reaction mixture, dissolving the resultant residue in a polar organic solvent and optionally adding water to provide a first mixture; washing the first mixture one or more times with one or more aqueous solutions, separating the organic phase and drying, filtering and concentrating the organic phase to an oil; dissolving the oil into a polar organic solvent optionally containing about 1 % organic base and combining the resulting solution with a non-polar organic solvent to precipitate the modified nucleoside, optionally washing the modified nucleoside with a non-polar solvent one or more times and isolating the modified nucleoside; and wherein the modified nucleoside comprises a protected hydroxyl group. In certain embodiments, the residue is dissolved in a polar organic solvent that is water immiscible to provide the first mixture. In certain embodiments, In certain embodiments, the polar organic solvent is water immiscible. In certain embodiments, the polar organic solvent is ethyl acetate.
In certain embodiments, the first mixture further comprises water. In certain embodiments, the first mixture is washed one or more times with an aqueous solution OfNaHCO3. In certain embodiments, the first mixture is also washed with an aqueous brine solution. In certain embodiments, the separated organic phase is dried over Na2SO4.
In certain embodiments, the oil is dissolved into a polar organic solvent and a solution of an organic base is added to provide about 1% organic base wherein the organic base is an aliphatic amine, piperidine or pyridine. In certain embodiments, the organic base is triethylamine.
In certain embodiments, the oil is dissolved into a polar organic solvent optionally containing about 1 % organic base and the non-polar organic solvent is added slowly with vigorous stirring to provide a precipitate. In certain embodiments, the precipitate is stirred for about 30 additional minutes at ice bath temperatures. In certain embodiments, the precipitate is filtered, washed with additional non-polar organic solvent and suspended in additional non-polar organic solvent with stirring for about 30 minutes and isolating the precipitate. In certain embodiments, the polar organic solvent is methanol and the non-polar organic solvent is ether.
In certain embodiments, the methods provided herein are used to purify modified nucleosides having formula IV:
IV wherein:
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
Pg is a 5'-protecting group;
Ri is -H, -OH, -F, -0-CH3, -0-CH2CH2-O-CH3, -0-CH2-CH=CH2, N3, NH2, NHOH, -O-(CH2)2-O-N(Ei)2, -0-CH2C(O)-N(EO2, -0-CH2-CH2-CH2-NH2, -O-(CH2)2-O-(CH2)2-N(E1)2 and and -O-CH2-N(H)-C(=NE1)[N(E1)2]; each Ei is, independently, H, Ci-Ci2 alkyl, a protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ci2 alkyl, C2-Ci2 alkenyl, or C2-Ci2 alkynyl;
Zi and Z2 are each, independently, H, CpC6 alkyl, substituted Cj-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl; each substituted group is mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, 0Jb SJi, NJiJ2, N3, COOJ,, CN, O-C(=O)NJ,J2, N(H)C(=NH)NJiJ2, N(H)C(=0)N(H)J2 or N(H)C(=S)N(H)J2; and each Ji and J2 is, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, CpC6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group.
In certain embodiments, the methods provided herein are used to purify modified nucleosides having formula V:
V wherein:
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety; Pg is a 5 '-protecting group;
Zi and Z2 are each, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, substituted Cj-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl;
Qi and Q2 are each, independently, H, C]-C6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, thiol or substituted thiol; or Qi and Q2 together are methylene (=CH2); each substituted group is mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJ,, SJ], NJ,J2, N3, COOJ1, CN, O-C(=O)NJ,J2, N(H)C(=NH)NJ,J2, N(H)C(=0)N(H)J2 or N(H)C(=S)N(H)J2; and each Ji and J2 is, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Ci-C6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group.
In certain embodiments, the modified nucleoside comprises a sugar surrogate group. In certain embodiments, the sugar surrogate group is a morpholino, cyclohexenyl or a cyclohexitol group.
In certain embodiments, the hydroxyl protecting group is a trityl group. In certain 5 embodiments, the hydroxyl protecting group is 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl.
In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods for isolating a purine nucleoside phosphoramidite from a crude phosphoramidite solution comprising impurities, said method comprising the steps of: adding an organic base and water to the crude phosphoramidite solution to form a first solution; washing the first solution with a first solvent to obtain a washed first solution; .0 adding a second solvent to the washed first solution with mixing to form a mixture; adding a third solvent to the mixture with stirring and separating the organic phase; washing the organic phase with additional third solvent; concentrating the organic phase to obtain a residue; and dissolving the residue in a fourth solvent, adding a fifth solvent to precipitate the purine nucleoside phosphoramidite and isolating the purine nucleoside phosphoramidite.
5 In certain embodiments, provided herein is a process for isolating the purine nucleoside phosphoramidite of Formula I:
I wherein Bx is a purine heterocyclic base moiety that is optionally substituted and/or optionally '.O protected; Ti is a hydroxyl protecting group; T2 is a phosphoramidite group; and Ri is H or a T- substituent group.
In certain embodiments, the purine heterocyclic base moiety is an optionally protected adenine or guanine. In certain embodiments, the adenine or guanine heterocyclic base moiety comprises an amino protecting group on the exocyclic amino group. In certain embodiments, the amino protecting group is selected from benzoyl and isobutyryl. In certain embodiments, the hydroxyl protecting group is, independently, acetyl, t-butyl, t- butoxymethyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1 -ethoxyethyl, 1 -(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 2- trimethylsilylethyl, p-chlorophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl, benzoyl, p-phenylbenzoyl, 2,6- dichlorobenzyl, diphenylmethyl, p-nitrobenzyl, triphenylmethyl (trityl), 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, benzoylformate, chloroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, pivaloyl, 9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate, mesylate, tosylate, triflate, trityl, monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl, trimethoxytrityl or substituted pixyl. In certain embodiments, the hydroxyl protecting group is, independently, acetyl, benzyl, t- butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl or 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl.
In certain embodiments, Tj is 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl and T2 is diisopropylcyanoethoxy phosphoramidite.
In certain embodiments, the 2'-substituent group is hydroxyl, a protected hydroxyl, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted 0-Ci-C6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted 0-C2-C6 alkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted 0-C2-C6 alkynyl; wherein each substituted group, independently, comprises one or more substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJi, SJi, NJjJ2, N3, CN, Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C(=O)OJ,, C(=O)NJ,J2, C(=O)Jb 0-CC=O)NJ1J2, N(H)C(=O)NJ,J2 andN(H)C(=S)NJiJ2; and each Ji and J2 is, independently, H, Cj-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cj-C6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group. In certain embodiments, Ri is fluoro.
In certain embodiments, the crude phosphoramidite solution comprises dimethylformamide. In certain embodiments, the organic base is an amine. In certain embodiments, the amine is an aliphatic amine, piperidine or pyridine. In certain embodiments, the aliphatic amine is triethylamine.
In certain embodiments, the first solvent is an alkane. In certain embodiments, the alkane is pentane, hexane, heptane, octane or cyclohexane. In certain embodiments, the alkane is hexane. In certain embodiments, the second solvent is a water-immiscible organic solvent or a water- immiscible organic solvent mixture. In certain embodiments, the water-immiscible organic solvent is an aromatic solvent. In certain embodiments, the water-immiscible organic solvent mixture
comprises a mixture of solvents in a volume ratio of from about 60:40 to about 80:20 of an aromatic solvent to a hydrocarbon solvent. In certain embodiments, the aromatic solvent is toluene. In certain embodiments, the hydrocarbon solvent is hexane.
In certain embodiments, the third solvent is a water miscible organic solvent mixture. In 5 certain embodiments, the water miscible organic solvent mixture comprises water miscible solvent and water in a volume ratio of from about 40:60 to about 80:20 of water miscible solvent to water. In certain embodiments, the water-miscible organic solvent is dimethylformamide or N-methyl-2- pyrrolidineone.
In certain embodiments, the fourth solvent is toluene, ethyl acetate, methanol or ethanol. In .0 certain embodiments, the fourth solvent is ethyl acetate.
In certain embodiments, the fifth solvent is n-pentane, n-heptane, hexane, cyclohexane or octane.
In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods for preparing a purified purine nucleoside phosphoramidite, and the method comprising the steps of: contacting a purine nucleoside 5 with a phosphitylating reagent to form the purine nucleoside phosphoramidite; solvating the purine nucleoside phosphoramidite in a sixth solvent to form a crude phosphoramidite solution; adding an organic base and water to the crude phosphoramidite solution to form a first solution; washing the first solution with a first solvent to obtain a washed first solution; adding a second solvent to the washed first solution with mixing to form a mixture; adding a third solvent to the mixture with !0 stirring and separating the organic phase; washing the organic phase with additional third solvent; concentrating the organic phase to obtain a residue; and dissolving the residue in a fourth solvent, adding a fifth solvent to precipitate the purine nucleoside phosphoramidite and isolating the purine nucleoside phosphoramidite.
In certain embodiments, the phosphitylating reagent comprises 2-cyanoethyl N,N,N',N'- 15 tetraisopropylphosphoramidite. In certain embodiments, the phosphitylating reagent further includes tetrazole and 1-methylimidazole.
In certain embodiments, the sixth solvent is dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolid-2-one, tetrahydrofuran or toluene. In certain embodiments, the sixth solvent is dimethylformamide.
In certain embodiments, provided herein is a process for isolating the purine nucleoside i0 phosphoramidite of Formula I:
I wherein Bx is a purine heterocyclic base moiety that is optionally substituted and/or optionally protected; Ti is a hydroxyl protecting group; T2 is a phosphoramidite group; and Ri is H or a T- substituent group.
In certain embodiments, the purine heterocyclic base moiety is an optionally protected adenine or guanine. In certain embodiments, the adenine or guanine heterocyclic base moiety comprises an amino protecting group on the exocyclic amino group. In certain embodiments, the amino protecting group is selected from benzoyl and isobutyryl. In certain embodiments, the hydroxyl protecting group is, independently, acetyl, t-butyl, t- butoxymethyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1 -ethoxyethyl, l-(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 2- trimethylsilylethyl, p-chlorophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl, benzoyl, p-phenylbenzoyl, 2,6- dichlorobenzyl, diphenylmethyl, p-nitrobenzyl, triphenylmethyl (trityl), 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, benzoylformate, chloroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, pivaloyl, 9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate, mesylate, tosylate, triflate, trityl, monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl, trimethoxytrityl or substituted pixyl. In certain embodiments, the hydroxyl protecting group is, independently, acetyl, benzyl, t- butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl or 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl.
In certain embodiments, Ti is 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl and T2 is diisopropylcyanoethoxy phosphoramidite.
In certain embodiments, the 2 '-substituent group is hydroxyl, a protected hydroxyl, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted 0-C]-C6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted 0-C2-C6 alkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted 0-C2-C6 alkynyl; wherein each substituted group, independently, comprises one or more substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJi, SJi, NJiJ2, N3, CN, Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C(=O)OJ,, C(=O)NJ,J2, C(=O)J,, O-C(=O)NJ,J2, N(H)C(=O)NJiJ2andN(H)C(=S)NJ)J2; and each Ji and J2 is, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Ci-C6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group. In certain embodiments, Ri is fluoro.
In certain embodiments, the crude phosphoramidite solution comprises dimethylformamide.
In certain embodiments, the organic base is an amine. In certain embodiments, the amine is an aliphatic amine, piperidine or pyridine. In certain embodiments, the aliphatic amine is triethylamine.
In certain embodiments, the first solvent is an alkane. In certain embodiments, the alkane is pentane, hexane, heptane, octane or cyclohexane. In certain embodiments, the alkane is hexane.
In certain embodiments, the second solvent is a water-immiscible organic solvent or a water- immiscible organic solvent mixture. In certain embodiments, the water-immiscible organic solvent is an aromatic solvent. In certain embodiments, the water-immiscible organic solvent mixture comprises a mixture of solvents in a volume ratio of from about 60:40 to about 80:20 of an aromatic solvent to a hydrocarbon solvent. In certain embodiments, the aromatic solvent is toluene. In certain embodiments, the hydrocarbon solvent is hexane.
In certain embodiments, the third solvent is a water miscible organic solvent mixture. In certain embodiments, the water miscible organic solvent mixture comprises water miscible solvent and water in a volume ratio of from about 40:60 to about 80:20 of water miscible solvent to water. In certain embodiments, the water-miscible organic solvent is dimethylformamide or N-methyl-2- pyrrolidineone.
In certain embodiments, the fourth solvent is toluene, ethyl acetate, methanol or ethanol. In certain embodiments, the fourth solvent is ethyl acetate.
In certain embodiments, the fifth solvent is n-pentane, n-heptane, hexane, cyclohexane or octane.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Provided herein are methods useful for purification of modified nucleosides that are used in the synthesis of oligomeric compounds. In particular, the methods provided herein include purification and isolation of modified nucleosides having one of the coupling sites protected (for example a 5'-0-DMT) or having one of the coupling sites protected and the other functionalized with a reactive phosphorous group (e.g. a phosphoramidite group). The methods provide for purification by precipitation without using column chromatography. Such methods are useful for a number of reasons including lowered cost, improved yield and reduced overall synthesis and isolation times.
In general, the modified nucleoside phosphoramidites used in the synthesis of oligomeric compounds include two coupling sites which are associated with the sugar moiety. These sites are
used in an iterative process in conjunction with orthogonal protection for incorporation into an oligomeric compound at a selected position. The protected hydroxyl coupling site (normally 5'-O- DMT) provides a free hydroxyl after incorporation and deprotection for further elongation steps and the reactive phosphorous site forms an internucleoside linkage upon reaction with a free hydroxyl group. As shown in the examples, the methods provided herein are applicable to nucleosides and modified nucleosides "monomers" having a variety of different sugar groups including substituted sugars, modified sugars and sugar surrogate groups. It is expected that the methods provided herein would also be applicable to native (2'-H and 2'-OH) type ribonucleosides.
Provided herein are methods of purifying modified nucleoside phosphoramidites from a reaction mixture comprising the steps of: forming a biphasic mixture comprising the reaction mixture which is optionally concentrated, at least one polar organic solvent and water; washing the biphasic mixture one or more times with a non-polar organic solvent; adding one or more organic solvents to the washed biphasic mixture to form a first mixture; washing the first mixture one or more times with a mixture comprising a polar organic solvent and water thereby providing an organic phase; concentrating the organic phase, dissolving the resulting residue in an organic solvent to provide a first solution wherein the organic phase or the first solution is optionally washed, dried and filtered; combining the first solution with a non-polar organic solvent to precipitate the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite, optionally decanting the non-polar solvent and repeating the combination step one or more times and isolating the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite; wherein the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite comprises a protected hydroxyl group.
In certain embodiments, the methods are used for purification and isolation of modified nucleoside phosphoramidites having formula II:
II wherein:
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
R1 is -H, -OH, -F, -0-CH3, -0-CH2CH2-O-CH3, -0-CH2-CH=CH2, N3, NH2, NHOH, -O-(CH2)2-O-N(E,)2, -0-CH2C(O)-N(Ei)2, -0-CH2-CH2-CH2-NH2, -O-(CH2)2-O-(CH2)2-N(Ei)2 and and -0-CH2-N(H)-C(=NEi)[N(Eθ2]; each Ei is, independently, H, Ci-Ci2 alkyl, a protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ci2 alkyl, C2-Ci2 alkenyl, or C2-C]2 alkynyl;
Pg is a hydroxyl protecting group;
Zi and Z2 are each, independently, H, CpC6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl; each substituted group is mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJ1, SJ1, NJ1J2, N3, COOJi, CN, 0-Q=O)NJ1J2, N(H)Q=NH)NJ1J2, N(H)C(=O)N(H)J2 or N(H)C(=S)N(H)J2; and each J1 and J2 is, independently, H, Cj-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, CpC6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group.
In certain embodiments, the methods are used for purification and isolation of modified nucleoside phosphoramidites having formula III:
III wherein:
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
Pg is a hydroxyl protecting group;
Z1 and Z2 are each, independently, H, C1-C6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl;
Q1 and Q2 are each, independently, H, C1-C6 alkyl, substituted C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, thiol or substituted thiol; or Qi and Q2 together are methylene (=CH2);
each substituted group is mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJ,, SJi, NJ,J2, N3, COOJ1, CN, O-C(=O)NJ,J2, N(H)C(=NH)NJiJ2, N(H)C(=O)N(H)J2 or N(H)C(=S)N(H)J2; and each Ji and J2 is, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Ci-C6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group.
In certain embodiments, the methods provided herein are used for purification and isolation of modified nucleoside phosphoramidites comprising sugar surrogate groups. Such monomers include a non-ribose sugar such as a morpholino, cyclohexenyl or a cyclohexitol group.
In certain embodiments, the modified nucleoside phosphoramidites each comprise a DMT (preferably 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl) protected hydroxyl group and a phosphoramidite group having the formula OPO(CH2)2CN(N(CH(CH3)2)2.
In certain embodiments, methods of purifying a modified nucleoside from a reaction mixture are provided herein comprising the steps of: concentrating the reaction mixture, dissolving the resultant residue in a polar organic solvent and optionally adding water to provide a first mixture; washing the first mixture one or more times with one or more aqueous solutions, separating the organic phase and drying, filtering and concentrating the organic phase to an oil; dissolving the oil into a polar organic solvent optionally containing about 1 % organic base and combining the resulting solution with a non-polar organic solvent to precipitate the modified nucleoside, optionally washing the modified nucleoside with a non-polar solvent one or more times and isolating the modified nucleoside; and wherein the modified nucleoside comprises a protected hydroxyl group.
In certain embodiments, the methods are used for purification and isolation of modified nucleosides having formula IV:
IV wherein:
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety; Pg is a 5'-protecting group; »5 R, is -H, -OH, -F, -0-CH3, -0-CH2CH2-O-CH3, -0-CH2-CH=CH2, N3, NH2, NHOH,
-O-(CH2)2-O-N(Ei)2, -O-CH2C(O)-N(E,)2, -0-CH2-CH2-CH2-NH2, -O-(CH2)2-O-(CH2)2-N(E,)2 and and -O-CH2-N(H)-C(=NE1)[N(E,)2]; each Ei is, independently, H, Ci-Ci2 alkyl, a protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ci2 alkyl, C2-Ci2 alkenyl, or C2-Ci2 alkynyl;
Zi and Z2 are each, independently, H, Cj-C6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl; each substituted group is mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJ1, SJ,, NJ,J2, N3, COOJ1, CN, O-C(=O)NJiJ2, N(H)C(=NH)NJiJ2, N(H)C(O)N(H)J2 or N(H)C(=S)N(H)J2; and each Ji and J2 is, independently, H, Cj-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group.
In certain embodiments, the methods are used for purification and isolation of modified nucleosides having formula V:
V wherein: Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
Pg is a 5'-protecting group;
Zi and Z2 are each, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl;
Qi and Q2 are each, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, substituted CpC6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, thiol or substituted thiol; or Qi and Q2 together are methylene (=CH2); each substituted group is mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJj, SJi, NJiJ2, N3, COOJb CN, 0-Q=O)NJ1J2, N(H)C(=NH)NJiJ2, N(H)C(=O)N(H)J2 or N(H)C(=S)N(H)J2; and each Ji and J2 is, independently, H, Cj-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cj-C6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group.
In certain embodiments, the methods provided herein are used for purification and isolation of modified nucleosides comprising sugar surrogate groups. Such monomers include a non-ribose sugar such as a morpholino, cyclohexenyl or a cyclohexitol group.
In certain embodiments, the modified nucleosides each comprise a DMT (preferably 4,4'- dimethoxytrityl) protected hydroxyl group and a free hydroxyl group.
In certain embodiments polar organic solvents are selected from DMF, ethyl acetate, toluene, and chloroform. In certain embodiments, non-polar organic solvents are selected from dichloro- methane, an ether, pentane, hexane, heptane, octane or cyclohexane. In certain embodiments, aromatic solvents are selected from toluene, benzene, alkylbenzene, xylene and combinations thereof.
In certain embodiments the methods are used for purification and isolation of purine nucleoside phosphoramidites of Formula I that are synthesized starting with unprotected purine nucleosides. The initial step of the synthesis involves the protection of the exocyclic amino group(s) of the purine heterocyclic base moiety. Generally, the protection is achieved by acylation with an acylating reagent such as, for example, benzoylchloride or isobutyrylchloride. The exocyclic amino protected purine nucleosides are purified and treated with a hydroxyl protecting group to give the 5'- O-protected purine nucleosides. The 5'-O-protected purine nucleosides are purified and phosphitylated to give 5'-0 -protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidites. Purification is achieved by precipitation and/or crystallization and without the use of column chromatography in each of the synthetic steps.
In certain embodiments, the methods are used for purification and isolation of purine nucleoside phosphoramidites comprising Formula I is shown below:
I Wherein Bx is an optionally protected and/or optionally substituted purine heterocyclic base moiety. Ti is a hydroxyl protecting group with preferred hydroxyl protecting groups including substituted or unsubstituted trityl groups. A particularly preferred hydroxyl protecting group is 4,4'- dimethoxytrityl (DMT). T2 is a phosphoramidite group wherein one preferred phosphoramidite group has the formula -P(NR2R3)(OR4), wherein R2 and R3 are each Cj-C6 straight or branched
alkyl, which include but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 2-prophyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and the like; and R4 is any group that is compatible with oligonucleotide synthesis that may be removed after synthesis is complete. Preferably, R4 is a substituted Ci-C6 alkyl including at least one heteroatom. Most preferably, R4 is -CH2CH2CN. A preferred phosphoramidite group is
5 diisopropylcyanoethoxy phosphoramidite (-P(N[(CH)CH3]2)(O(CH2)2CN)). R, is H or a 2'- substituent group. Representative 2'-substituent groups include but are not limited to halogen, substituted or unsubstituted 0-Ci-C6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted 0-C2-C6 alkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted 0-C2-C6 alkynyl; wherein each substituted group, independently, comprises one or more substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJi, SJi, NJ]J2, N3,
10 CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C(=O)OJ1? CC=O)NJ1J2, C(=O)JI, O-C(=O)NJ,J2, N(H)C(=O)NJiJ2 andN(H)C(=S)NJiJ2; and each Ji and J2 is, independently, H, CrC6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Ci-C6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group. Preferred 2 '-substituent groups include halogen, alkoxy (2'-0-alkyl), alkoxyalkoxy (2'-O-alkyl-alkoxy) and derivatives thereof. Particularly preferred 2'-substituent groups include fluoro, methoxy, methoxyethoxy (MOE),
15 dimethylaminoethyloxyethoxy (DMAEOE), i.e. a O(CH2)2-O(CH2)2-N(CH3)2, aminooxyethoxy (AOE) and dimethylaminooxyethoxy (DMAOE), i.e. a O(CH2)2ON(CH3)2 group.
In certain embodiments, a crude phosphoramidite solution is obtained from the last step of nucleoside phosphoramidite synthesis comprising a purine nucleoside phosphoramidite of Formula I. In certain embodiment, the crude phosphoramidite solution comprises dimethylformamide or N-
>0 methylpyrrolidinone. The crude phosphoramidite solution cooled to a temperature between about O °C and about 10 °C, preferably at about 5 0C. An organic base is added to the crude phosphoramidite solution with stirring at room temperature for a period of time, preferably for about 15 minutes. The organic base is used to increase the pH of the aqueous solution in order to prevent deprotection of the 5' hydroxyl protecting group. Preferably, the organic base is an amine including aliphatic or
>5 aromatic amines. More preferably, the organic base is a hindered amine including but not limited to piperidine, pyridine, triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine.
The crude phosphoramidite solution containing the organic base is cooled to a temperature between about O 0C and about 10 °C and water is added (exothermic) to form a first solution, which is generally a cloudy or milky solution. Applicants have found it desirable to maintain the
SO temperature at 25 °C or below. The first solution is washed with a first solvent which is an aliphatic hydrocarbon to obtain a washed first solution. An aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent is used to extract and remove some of the side products or reagents from the reaction mixture, for example, 2-
cyanoethyl-N,N,N',N'-tetraisopropyl phosphoramidite. Suitable second solvents include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as alkanes with preferred alkanes including pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, cyclohexane and the like.
As described herein the step of washing a solution with a solvent can be carried out in
5 various ways as long as the solution is contacted with the washing solvent and the washing solvent is eventually removed. Following addition of the wash solvent the resulting mixture is stirred, shaken or otherwise mixed using any method including but not limited to manual mixing, mechanical or magnetic stirring or a combination thereof. Following mixing the wash solvent is removed, preferably by separation of the two phases. Separation occurs due to the immiscibility of
[0 the two phases and the differences in the specific gravity of the two phases. The washing may be carried out in multiple times, for example, dividing the solvent in multiple portions and contacting the solution with each portion of the solvent one at a time, and then discarding each portion of the solvent after each wash. Generally, the washing is conducted at a temperature in a range of about 0 0C to about 40 °C. i 5 The washed first solution is then contacted and mixed with a second solvent thereby forming a mixture, wherein the 5'-O-protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidite dissolves into the second solvent. In certain embodiments, the second solvent is a water-immiscible organic solvent mixture. The water-immiscible organic solvent mixture contains two organic solvents that are both immiscible with water. One of the water-immiscible organic solvents is an aromatic solvent and the
!0 other is a hydrocarbon solvent. Exemplary aromatic solvents include but are not limited to benzene, alkylbenzene, toluene, xylene and combinations thereof. Toluene is a preferred aromatic solvent as it is less toxic than benzene and has a lower boiling point than xylene. Exemplary hydrocarbon solvents include but are not limited to n-pentane, n-heptane, hexane, cyclohexane, octane and the like or mixtures thereof. The 5'-O-protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidite is soluble in the
!5 aromatic solvent, and substantially insoluble in the hydrocarbon solvent. Any ratio of aromatic solvent and hydrocarbon solvent may be used, provided the 5'-O-protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidite is soluble in the mixture. Preferably the ratio of aromatic solvent and hydrocarbon solvent is within the range of about 60:40 to about 80:20 respectively, by volume, and more preferable from about 50:50 to about 80:20 respectively.
10 The mixture is washed with a third solvent. In certain embodiments, the third solvent is a water-miscible organic solvent mixture. The water-miscible organic solvent mixture is a mixture of a water-miscible solvent with water. Exemplary water-miscible solvents include
dimethylformamide, dimethyl acetamide, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolid-2-one, acetonitrile, and the like or mixtures thereof. Preferably the ratio of the water miscible organic solvent and water is within the range of about 40:60 to about 80:20 respectively, by volume, and more preferable from about 50:50 to about 80:20 respectively. As the third solvent is water-miscible, the water
5 layer/portion from the biphasic mixture joins together with the third solvent. The remaining unwanted side products and/or reagents from the reaction are extracted into the aqueous layer (mixture of third solvent and water layer/portion of the biphasic mixture) and the aqueous layer is discarded after washing. The 5'-O-protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidite remains in the second solvent of the mixture, which is the organic phase.
10 The organic phase containing the 5'-O-protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidite is further washed with a solution of saturated bicarbonate/carbonate and ethyl acetate may be added to the layer during the bicarbonate/carbonate wash to help facilitate a better separation. The organic phase is further washed with brine and dried over a suitable drying agent such as sodium or magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to obtain a residue.
[ 5 The residue is dissolved in a fourth solvent with the aid of stirring and/or shaking (manual and/or mechanical). Suitable fourth solvents are aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene and xylene or mixtures thereof, hydrocarbons or mixtures of hydrocarbons, esters of aliphatic carboxylic acids, e.g. ethyl acetate, ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether, tert-butyl ethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran, likewise alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol,
!0 isobutanol, tert-butanol, pentanol and also ketones such as acetone or methyl ethyl ketone. A preferred fourth solvent is ethyl acetate.
To obtain a precipitate of 5'-O-protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidite, a fifth solvent is slowly added to the fourth solvent containing the dissolved residue. Suitable fifth solvents includes n-pentane, n-heptane, hexane, cyclohexane, octane and the like or mixture thereof. The
!5 precipitate of 5'-O-protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidite is isolated and re-dissolved into the fourth solvent. The fourth solvent is evaporated and the solid precipitate of 5'-O-protected purine nucleoside phosphoramidite is dried under reduced pressure over a drying agent with strong hygroscopic properties, such as, but not limit to, phosphorus pentoxide, P2O5.
In one embodiment, the precipitation methods disclosed herein have provided higher relative
10 yields than chromatography for the same monomers. The
The term "alkyl," as used herein, refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not
limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, n-hexyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl and the like. Alkyl groups typically include from 1 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms (Ci-Ci2 alkyl) with from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms (Ci-C6 alkyl) being more preferred. Alkyl groups as used herein may optionally include one or more further substitutent groups. The term "substituted alkyl," as used herein refers to an alkyl group as described above including a halo- substituent selected from F, Br, Cl or I or CF3, an alkoxy substituent, an alkyl-aryl substituent, a haloaryl substituent, a cycloalkyl substituent, an alkylcycloalkyl substituent, hydroxy, an alkylamino substituent, an alkanoylamino substituent, an arylcarbonylamino substituent, a nitro substituent, a cyano substituent, a thiol substituent or an alkylthio substituent. The term "alkenyl," as used herein, refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms and having at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Examples of alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, l-methyl-2- buten-1-yl, dienes such as 1,3 -butadiene and the like. Alkenyl groups typically include from 2 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 2 to about 12 carbon atoms with from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms being more preferred. Alkenyl groups as used herein may optionally include one or more further substitutent groups.
The term "alkynyl," as used herein, refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon radical containing up to twenty four carbon atoms and having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Examples of alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, and the like. Alkynyl groups typically include from 2 to about 24 carbon atoms, more typically from 2 to about 12 carbon atoms with from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms being more preferred. Alkynyl groups as used herein may optionally include one or more further substitutent groups.
The term "alkoxy," as used herein, refers to a radical formed between an alkyl group and an oxygen atom wherein the oxygen atom is used to attach the alkoxy group to a parent molecule. Examples of alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, «-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentoxy, neopentoxy, n-hexoxy and the like. Alkoxy groups as used herein may optionally include further substitutent groups.
The terms "halo" and "halogen," as used herein, refer to an atom selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. The terms "aryl" and "aromatic," as used herein, refer to a mono- or polycyclic carbocyclic ring system radicals having one or more aromatic rings. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthalenyl (also referred to herein as naphthyl), tetrahydronaphthyl,
indanyl, idenyl and the like. Preferred aryl ring systems have from about 5 to about 20 carbon atoms in one or more rings. Aryl groups as used herein may optionally include further substitutent groups.
The term "hexane" as used herein is intended to include a single hexane and any mixture of hexanes.
The term "heterocyclic radical" as used herein, refers to a radical mono-, or poly-cyclic ring system that includes at least one heteroatom and is unsaturated, partially saturated or fully saturated, thereby including heteroaryl groups. Heterocyclic is also meant to include fused ring systems wherein one or more of the fused rings contain at least one heteroatom and the other rings can contain one or more heteroatoms or optionally contain no heteroatoms. A heterocyclic group typically includes at least one atom selected from sulfur, nitrogen or oxygen. Examples of heterocyclic groups include, [l,3]dioxolane, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridazinonyl, tetrahydrofuryl and the like. Heterocyclic groups as used herein may optionally include further substitutent groups.
The terms "heteroaryl," and "heteroaromatic," as used herein, refer to a radical comprising a mono- or poly-cyclic aromatic ring, ring system or fused ring system wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic and includes one or more heteroatom. Heteroaryl is also meant to include fused ring systems including systems where one or more of the fused rings contain no heteroatoms. Heteroaryl groups typically include one ring atom selected from sulfur, nitrogen or oxygen.
Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzooxazolyl, quinoxalinyl, and the like. Heteroaryl radicals can be attached to a parent molecule directly or through a linking moiety such as an aliphatic group or hetero atom. Heteroaryl groups as used herein may optionally include further substitutent groups.
The terms "substituent" and "substituent group," as used herein, are meant to include groups that are typically added to other groups or parent compounds to enhance desired properties or provide other desired effects. Groups that are substituted comprise one or more substituent groups. Substituent groups can be protected or unprotected and can be added to one available site or to many available sites in a parent compound. Substituent groups may also be further substituted with other
substituent groups and may be attached directly or via a linking group such as an alkyl or hydro- carbyl group to a parent compound.
Substituent groups amenable herein include without limitation, halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, acyl (-C(O)Raa), carboxyl (-C(O)O-Raa), aliphatic groups, alicyclic groups, alkoxy, substituted oxy (-O-Raa), aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclic radical, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino (-N(Rbb)(Rcc)), imino(=NRbb), amido (-C(O)N(Rbb)(RCc) or -N(Rbb)C(O)Raa), azido (-N3), nitro (-NO2), cyano (-CN), carbamido (-OC(O)N(Rbb)(Rcc) or -N(Rbb)C(0)0Raa), ureido (-N(Rbb)C(O)- N(Rbb)(Rcc)), thioureido (-N(Rbb)C(S)N(Rbb)(Rcc)), guanidinyl (-N(Rbb)C(=NRbb)N(Rbb)(Rcc)), amidinyl (-C(=NRbb)N(Rbb)(Rcc) or -N(Rbb)C(=NRbb)(Raa)), thiol (-SRbb), sulfinyl (-S(O)Rbb), sulfonyl (-S(O)2Rbb) and sulfonamidyl (-S(O)2N(Rbb)(Rcc) or -N(Rbb)S(O)2Rbb). Wherein each Raa, Rbb and Rcc is, independently, H, an optionally linked chemical functional group or a further substituent group with a preferred list including without limitation, H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aliphatic, alkoxy, acyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic and heteroarylalkyl. Selected substituents within the compounds described herein are present to a recursive degree. In this context, "recursive substituent" means that a substituent may recite another instance of itself. Because of the recursive nature of such substituents, theoretically, a large number may be present in any given claim. One of ordinary skill in the art of medicinal chemistry and organic chemistry understands that the total number of such substituents is reasonably limited by the desired properties of the compound intended. Such properties include, by way of example and not limitation, physical properties such as molecular weight, solubility or log P, application properties such as activity against the intended target and practical properties such as ease of synthesis.
Recursive substituents are an intended aspect of the invention. One of ordinary skill in the art of medicinal and organic chemistry understands the versatility of such substituents. To the degree that recursive substituents are present in a claim of the invention, the total number will be determined as set forth above.
The terms "stable compound" and "stable structure" as used herein are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent. Only stable compounds are contemplated herein. The term "protecting group," as used herein, refers to a labile chemical moiety which is known in the art to protect reactive groups including without limitation, hydroxyl, amino and thiol groups, against undesired reactions during synthetic procedures. Protecting groups are typically
used selectively and/or orthogonally to protect sites during reactions at other reactive sites and can then be removed to leave the unprotected group as is or available for further reactions. Protecting groups as known in the art are described generally in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1999).
5 Groups can be selectively incorporated into oligomeric compounds of the invention as precursors. For example an amino group can be placed into a compound of the invention as an azido group that can be chemically converted to the amino group at a desired point in the synthesis. Generally, groups are protected or present as precursor that will be inert to reactions that modify other areas of the parent molecule for conversion into their final groups at an appropriate time.
0 Further representative protecting or precursor groups are discussed in Agrawal, et al., Protocols for Oligonucleotide Conjugates, Eds, Humana Press; New Jersey, 1994; Vol. 26 pp. 1-72. Examples of hydroxy 1 protecting groups include, but are not limited to, acetyl, t-butyl, t- butoxymethyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1-ethoxy ethyl, 1 -(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, p- chlorophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, diphenylmethyl, p-nitrobenzyl, bis(2-
5 acetoxyethoxy)methyl (ACE), 2-trimethylsilylethyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, [(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl (TOM), benzoylformate, chloroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, pivaloyl, benzoyl, p-phenylbenzoyl, 9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate, mesylate, tosylate, triphenylmethyl (trityl), monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl (DMT), trimethoxytrityl, 1 (2-fluorophenyl)-4-methoxypiperidin-4-yl (FPMP), 9-phenylxanthine-9-yl (Pixyl)
!0 and 9-(p-methoxyphenyl)xanthine-9-yl (MOX). Where more preferred hydroxyl protecting groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, benzoyl, mesylate, tosylate, dimethoxytrityl (DMT), 9-phenylxanthine-9-yl (Pixyl) and 9-(p- methoxyphenyl)xanthine-9-yl (MOX).
The term "orthogonally protected" refers to functional groups which are protected with
Ϊ5 different classes of protecting groups, wherein each class of protecting group can be removed in any order and in the presence of all other classes (see, Barany et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1977, 99, 7363- 7365; Barany et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1980, 102, 3084-3095). Orthogonal protection is widely used in for example automated oligonucleotide synthesis. A functional group is deblocked in the presence of one or more other protected functional groups which is not affected by the deblocking
10 procedure. This deblocked functional group is reacted in some manner and at some point a further orthogonal protecting group is removed under a different set of reaction conditions. This allows for selective chemistry to arrive at a desired compound or oligomeric compound.
Examples of amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, carbamate-protecting groups, such as 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl (Teoc), 1 -methyl- l-(4-biphenylyl)ethoxycarbonyl (Bpoc), t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc), and benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz); amide-protecting groups, such as formyl, isobutyryl, acetyl, phenoxyacetyl, trihaloacetyl, benzoyl, and nitrophenylacetyl; sulfonamide-protecting groups, such as 2-nitrobenzenesulfonyl; and imine- and cyclic imide-protecting groups, such as phthalimido and dithiasuccinoyl. Preferred amino protective group is benzoyl.
Wherein an amino group is described as "unprotected," this means that the amino group has not been blocked by an amino protecting group. The use and types of amino protecting functionalities are well known in the art. Examples are described in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2d edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991. In certain embodiment oligomeric compounds are prepared by connecting nucleosides with optionally protected phosphorus containing internucleoside linkages. Representative protecting groups for phosphorus containing internucleoside linkages such as phosphodiester and phosphorothioate linkages include β-cyanoethyl, diphenylsilylethyl, δ-cyanobutenyl, cyano p-xylyl (CPX), N-methyl-N-trifluoroacetyl ethyl (META), acetoxy phenoxy ethyl (APE) and butene-4-yl groups. See for example U.S. Patents Nos. 4,725,677 and Re. 34,069 (β-cyanoethyl); Beaucage, S.L. and Iyer, R.P., Tetrahedron, 49 No. 10, pp. 1925-1963 (1993); Beaucage, S.L. and Iyer, R.P., Tetrahedron, 49 No. 46, pp. 10441-10488 (1993); Beaucage, S.L. and Iyer, R.P., Tetrahedron, 48 No. 12, pp. 2223-231 1 (1992).
In certain embodiments, compounds having reactive phosphorus groups are provided that are useful for forming internucleoside linkages including for example phosphodiester and phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. Such reactive phosphorus groups are known in the art and contain phosphorus atoms in P111 or Pv valence state including, but not limited to, phosphoramidite, H- phosphonate, phosphate triesters and phosphorus containing chiral auxiliaries. In certain embodiments, reactive phosphorus groups are selected from diisopropylcyanoethoxy phosphoramidite (-O*-P[N[(CH(CH3)2]2]O(CH2)2CN) and H-phosphonate (-O*-P(=O)(H)OH), wherein the O* is provided from the Markush group for the monomer. A preferred synthetic solid phase synthesis utilizes phosphoramidites (P111 chemistry) as reactive phosphites. The intermediate phosphite compounds are subsequently oxidized to the phosphate or thiophosphate (Pv chemistry) using known methods to yield, phosphodiester or phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages.
Additional reactive phosphates and phosphites are disclosed in Tetrahedron Report Number 309 (Beaucage and Iyer, Tetrahedron, 1992, 48, 2223-231 1).
The term "oligomeric compound," as used herein, refers to a polymer having at least a region that is capable of hybridizing to a nucleic acid molecule. The term "oligomeric compound" includes oligonucleotides, oligonucleotide analogs and oligonucleosides as well as nucleotide mimetics and/or mixed polymers comprising nucleic acid and non-nucleic acid components. Oligomeric compounds are routinely prepared linearly but can be joined or otherwise prepared to be circular and may also include branching. Oligomeric compounds can form double stranded constructs such as for example two strands hybridized to form double stranded compositions. The double stranded compositions can be linked or separate and can include overhangs on the ends. In general, an oligomeric compound comprises a backbone of linked monomeric subunits where each linked monomeric subunit is directly or indirectly attached to a heterocyclic base moiety. Oligomeric compounds may also include monomeric subunits that are not linked to a heterocyclic base moiety thereby providing abasic sites. The linkages joining the monomeric subunits, the sugar moieties or surrogates and the heterocyclic base moieties can be independently modified. The linkage-sugar unit, which may or may not include a heterocyclic base, may be substituted with a mimetic such as the monomers in peptide nucleic acids. The ability to modify or substitute portions or entire monomers at each position of an oligomeric compound gives rise to a large number of possible motifs. As is known in the art, a nucleoside is a base-sugar combination. The base portion of the nucleoside is normally a heterocyclic base moiety. The two most common classes of such heterocyclic bases are purines and pyrimidines. Nucleotides are nucleosides that further include a phosphate group covalently linked to the sugar portion of the nucleoside. For those nucleosides that include a pentofuranosyl sugar, the phosphate group can be linked to either the 2', 3' or 5' hydroxyl moiety of the sugar. In forming oligonucleotides, the phosphate groups covalently link adjacent nucleosides to one another to form a linear polymeric compound. The respective ends of this linear polymeric structure can be joined to form a circular structure by hybridization or by formation of a covalent bond. However, open linear structures are generally desired. Within the oligonucleotide structure, the phosphate groups are commonly referred to as forming the internucleoside linkages of the oligonucleotide. The normal internucleoside linkage of RNA and DNA is a 3' to 5' phospho- diester linkage.
As used herein the term "modified nucleoside" is meant to include all manner of modified nucleosides that can be incorporated into an oligomeric compound using oligomer synthesis. The term is intended to include modifications made to a nucleoside such as modified stereochemical configurations, one or more substitutions, and deletion of groups and replacement of the furanose ring with another ring system or open system e.g. a "sugar surrogate". The term includes nucleosides having a furanose sugar (or 4'-S analog) portion and can include a heterocyclic base or can include an abasic site. One group of representative modified nucleosides includes without limitation, substituted nucleosides (such as 2', 5', and/or 4' substituted nucleosides) 4'-S- modified nucleosides, (such as 4'-S-ribonucleosides, 4'-S-2'-deoxyribonucleosides and 4'-S-2'- substituted ribonucleosides), bicyclic modified nucleosides (such as for example, bicyclic nucleosides wherein the sugar group has a 2'-O-CHRa-4' bridging group, wherein R3 is H, alkyl or substituted alkyl) and base modified nucleosides. The sugar can be modified with more than one of these modifications listed such as for example a bicyclic modified nucleoside further including a 5'- substitution or a 5' or 4' substituted nucleoside further including a 2' substitutent. The term modified nucleoside also includes combinations of these modifications such as a base and sugar modified nucleosides. These modifications are meant to be illustrative and not exhaustive as other modifications are known in the art and are also envisioned as possible modifications for the modified nucleosides described herein.
As used herein the term "monomer subunit" or "monomer" is meant to include all manner of monomer units that are amenable to oligomer synthesis with one preferred list including monomer subunits such as β-D-ribonucleosides, β-D-2'-deoxyribnucleosides, modified nucleosides, including substituted nucleosides (such as 2', 5' and bis substituted nucleosides), 4'-S-modified nucleosides, (such as 4'-S-ribonucleosides, 4'-S-2'-deoxyribonucleosides and 4'-S-2'-substituted ribonucleosides), bicyclic modified nucleosides (such as bicyclic nucleosides wherein the sugar group has a 2'-O- CHRa-4' bridging group, wherein Ra is H, alkyl or substituted alkyl), other modified nucleosides, nucleoside mimetics and nucleosides having sugar surrogates.
Examples of substituent groups useful for modifying sugar moieties of nucleosides include without limitation 2'-F, 2'-allyl, 2'-amino, 2'-azido, 2'-thio, 2'-OaIIyI, 2'-OCF3, 2'-0-Ci-C10 alkyl, 2'- 0-CH3, OCF3, 2'-0-CH2CH3, 2'-O-(CH2)2CH3, 2'-O-(CH2)2-O-CH3, 2'-O(CH2)2SCH3, 2'-0-CH2- CH=CH2 (MOE), 2'-O-(CH2)3-N(Rm)(Rn), 2'-O-(CH2)2-O-N(Rm)(Rn), 2'-O-(CH2)2-O-(CH2)2- N(R1n)(Rn), 2'-O-CH2C(=O)-N(Rm)(Rn), 2'-O-CH2C(=O)-N(H)-(CH2)2-N(Rm)(Rn) and 2'-0-CH2- N(H)-C(=NRm)[N(Rm)(Rn)], 5'-vinyl, 5'-methyl (R or S) and 4'-S wherein each Rm and Rn is,
independently, H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ci0 alkyl or a protecting group. Further examples of modified sugar moieties include without limitation bicyclic sugars (e.g. bicyclic nucleic acids or bicyclic nucleosides discussed below).
As used herein the term "sugar surrogate" refers to replacement of the nucleoside furanose ring with a non-furanose (or 4'-substituted furanose) group with another structure such as another ring system or open system. Such structures can be as simple as a six membered ring as opposed to the five membered furanose ring or can be more complicated as is the case with the non-ring system used in peptide nucleic acid. The term is meant to include replacement of the sugar group with all manner of sugar surrogates know in the art and includes without limitation sugar surrogate groups such as morpholinos, cyclohexenyls and cyclohexitols. In most monomer subunits having a sugar surrogate group the heterocyclic base moiety is generally maintained to permit hybridization.
In certain embodiments, nucleosides having sugar surrogate groups include without limitation, replacement of the ribosyl ring with a surrogate ring system such as a cyclohexitol (e.g. tetrahydropyranyl) ring system (also referred to as hexitol) as illustrated below:
Many other monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic ring systems are known in the art and are suitable as sugar surrogates that can be used to modify nucleosides for incorporation into oligomeric compounds as provided herein (see for example review article: Leumann, Christian J.). Such ring systems can undergo various additional substitutions to further enhance their activity. Some representative U.S. patents that teach the preparation of such modified sugars include without limitation, U.S.: 4,981,957; 5,118,800; 5,319,080; 5,359,044; 5,393,878; 5,446,137; 5,466,786; 5,514,785; 5,519,134; 5,567,811 ; 5,576,427; 5,591,722; 5,597,909; 5,610,300; 5,627,053; 5,639,873; 5,646,265; 5,670,633; 5,700,920; 5,792,847 and 6,600,032 and International Application PCT/US2005/019219, filed June 2, 2005 and published as WO 2005/121371 on December 22, 2005 certain of which are commonly owned with the instant application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
The modified nucleosides described herein contain multiple asymmetric centers and thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)-, α or β, or as (D)- or (L)- such as for amino acids
and nucleic acids. Included herein are all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms. Optical isomers may be prepared from their respective optically active precursors by the procedures described above, or by resolving the racemic mixtures. The resolution can be carried out in the presence of a resolving agent, by chromatography or by repeated
5 crystallization or by some combination of these techniques which are known to those skilled in the art. Further details regarding resolutions can be found in Jacques, et ai, Enantiomers, Racemates, and Resolutions, John Wiley & Sons, 1981. When the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds, other unsaturation, or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers or cis- and
[ 0 trans-isomers. Likewise, all tautomeric forms are also intended to be included. The configuration of any carbon-carbon double bond appearing herein is selected for convenience only and is not intended to limit a particular configuration unless the text so states.
The terms "heterocyclic base moiety" and "nucleobase" as used herein, include unmodified or naturally occurring nucleobases, modified or non-naturally occurring nucleobases as well as
[ 5 synthetic mimetics thereof (such as for example phenoxazines). In general, a heterocyclic base moiety is heterocyclic system that contains one or more atoms or groups of atoms capable of hydrogen bonding to a base of a nucleic acid.
As used herein the terms, "unmodified nucleobase" and "naturally occurring nucleobase" include the purine bases adenine (A) and guanine (G), and the pyrimidine bases thymine (T),
>0 cytosine (C) and uracil (U). Modified nucleobases include other synthetic and natural nucleobases such as 5-methylcytosine (5-me-C), 5-hydroxymethyl cytosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2- aminoadenine, 6-methyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-propyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-thiouracil, 2-thiothymine and 2-thiocytosine, 5-halouracil and cytosine, 5-propynyl (-C≡C-CH3) uracil and cytosine and other alkynyl derivatives of pyrimidine
>5 bases, 6-azo uracil, cytosine and thymine, 5-uracil (pseudouracil), 4-thiouracil, 8-halo, 8-amino, 8- thiol, 8-thioalkyl, 8-hydroxyl and other 8-substituted adenines and guanines, 5-halo particularly 5- bromo, 5-trifluoromethyl and other 5-substituted uracils and cytosines, 7-methylguanine and 7- methyladenine, 2-F-adenine, 2-amino-adenine, 8-azaguanine and 8-azaadenine, 7-deazaguanine and 7-deazaadenine, 3-deazaguanine and 3-deazaadenine, universal bases, hydrophobic bases,
SO promiscuous bases, size-expanded bases, and fluorinated bases as defined herein. Further modified nucleobases include tricyclic pyrimidines such as phenoxazine cytidine(lH-pyrimido[5,4- b][l,4]benzoxazin-2(3H)-one), phenothiazine cytidine (lH-pyrimido[5,4-b][l,4]benzothiazin-2(3H)-
one), G-clamps such as a substituted phenoxazine cytidine (e.g. 9-(2-aminoethoxy)-H-pyrimido[5,4- b][l,4]benzoxazin-2(3H)-one), carbazole cytidine (2H-pyrimido[4,5-b]indol-2-one), pyridoindole cytidine (H-pyrido[3',2':4,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one). Modified nucleobases may also include those in which the purine or pyrimidine base is replaced with other heterocycles, for example 7-deaza-adenine, 7-deazaguanosine, 2-aminopyridine and 2-pyridone. Further nucleobases include those disclosed in United States Patent No. 3,687,808, those disclosed in The Concise Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science And Engineering, Kroschwitz, J. L, Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1990, 858-859; those disclosed by Englisch et al., Angewandte Chemie, International Edition, 1991, 30, 613; and those disclosed by Sanghvi, Y.S., Chapter 15, Antisense Research and Applications, Crooke, S.T. and Lebleu, B., Eds., CRC Press, 1993, 273-288.
The heterocyclic base moiety of each of the modified nucleosides provided herein can be modified with one or more substituent groups to enhance one or more properties such as affinity for a target strand or affect some other property in an advantageous manner. Modified nucleobases include without limitation, universal bases, hydrophobic bases, promiscuous bases, size-expanded bases, and fluorinated bases as defined herein. Certain of these nucleobases are particularly useful for increasing the binding affinity of the oligomeric compounds as provided herein. These include 5 -substituted pyrimidines, 6-azapyrimidines and N-2, N-6 and O-6 substituted purines, including 2- aminopropyladenine, 5-propynyluracil and 5-propynylcytosine. 5 -methyl cytosine substitutions have been shown to increase nucleic acid duplex stability by 0.6-1.2 0C {Antisense Research and Applications, Sanghvi, Y.S., Crooke, S.T. and Lebleu, B., Eds., CRC Press, Boca Raton, 1993, 276- 278).
Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of certain of the above noted modified nucleobases as well as other modified nucleobases include without limitation, U.S. 3,687,808; 4,845,205; 5,130,302; 5,134,066; 5,175,273; 5,367,066; 5,432,272; 5,457,187; 5,459,255; 5,484,908; 5,502,177; 5,525,711 ; 5,552,540; 5,587,469; 5,594,121; 5,596,091; 5,614,617; 5,645,985; 5,681,941 ; 5,750,692; 5,763,588; 5,830,653 and 6,005,096, certain of which are commonly owned with the instant application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
As used herein the terms "bicyclic nucleic acid" and "bicyclic nucleoside" refer to nucleosides wherein the sugar portion of the nucleoside is bicyclic (e.g. bicyclic sugar). In certain embodiments, a bicyclic nucleic acid comprises a nucleoside wherein the furanose ring comprises a bridge between two non-geminal ring carbon atoms. Examples of bicyclic nucleosides include without
limitation nucleosides comprising a bridge between the 4' and the 2' ribosyl ring atoms. In certain embodiments, oligomeric compounds provided herein include one or more bicyclic nucleosides wherein the bridge comprises one of the formulae: 4'-(CH2)-O-2' (LNA); 4'-(CH2)-S-2'; 4'-(CH2)2-O- 2' (ENA); 4'-CH(CH3)-O-2' and 4'-CH(CH2OCH3)-O-2' (and analogs thereof see U.S. Patent 7,399,845, issued on July 15, 2008); 4'-C(CH3)(CH3)-O-2T (and analogs thereof see published
International Application WO/2009/006478, published January 8, 2009); 4r-CH2-N(OCH3)-2' (and analogs thereof see published International Application WO/2008/150729, published December 11, 2008); 4'-CH2-O-N(CH3)-2' (see published U.S. Patent Application US2004-0171570, published September 2, 2004 ); 4'-CH2-N(R)-O-2', wherein R is H, Ci-Ci2 alkyl, or a protecting group (see U.S. Patent 7,427,672, issued on September 23, 2008); 4'-CH2-C(H)(CH3)^1 (see Chattopadhyaya, et al, J. Org. Chem.,2009, 74, 118-134); and 4'-CH2-C(=CH2)-2' (and analogs thereof see published International Application WO 2008/154401, published on December 8, 2008). Each of the foregoing bicyclic nucleosides can be prepared having one or more stereochemical sugar configurations including for example α-L-ribofuranose and β-D-ribofuranose (see PCT international application PCT/DK98/00393, published on March 25, 1999 as WO 99/14226).
The term "phosphitylating reagent," as used herein, refers generally to any reagent compound capable of reacting with a hydroxyl-containing compound in the presence of a phosphitylation activator to form a bond between the oxygen atom of a hydroxyl group of the nucleoside and a phosphorus atom of the phosphitylating agent to form a phosphitylated nucleoside. Suitable phosphitylating agents include, for example, phosphines, such as bis-substituted phosphines, including, alkoxy-bis (dialkylamino) phosphines, such as bis-diisopropylamino-2- cyanoethoxyphosphine; dialkoxy (dialkylamino) phosphines; alkoxy-alkyl (dialkylamino) phosphines, bis (N, N- diisopropylamino)-2-methyltrifluoroacetylaminoethoxyphosphine; bis (N, N- diisopropylamino)-2-diphenyl-methylsilylethoxyphosphine; (allyloxy) bis (N, N-dimethylamino)- phosphine; and the like; as well as, phosphoramidites, such as, hydroxyl-protected-N, N, N', N'- phosphoramidites, including, 2-cyanoethyl-N, N, N', N- tetraisopropylphosphorodiamidite; methoxy-N, N, N', N'-tetraisopropylphosphorodiamidite; methyl-N, N, N', N'- tetraisopropylphosphorodiamidite, and the like, and 3'-O- phosphoramidites, such as, 5'-O- Dimethoxytrityl-2'-deoxy Adenosine (N6-Benzoyl)-3'-N, N- diisopropylamino-0- (2-cyanoethyl) phosphoramidite, 5'-O-Dimethoxytrityl-2'-(N4-Benzoyl)- 3'-N, N-diisopropylamino-Q- (2- cyanoethyl) phosphoramidite, 5'-O-Dimethoxytrityl-2'- deoxyguanosine (N2-isobutyroyl)-3'-N, N- diisopropylamino-O- (2- cyanoethyl) phosphoramidite, 5'-O-Dimethoxytrityl-thymidine-3'-N, N-
diisopropylamino-0-(2- cyanoethyl) phosphoramidite, and the like; and mixtures of two or more thereof. Preferred phosphitylating agents include hydroxyl-protected-N, N, N', N'- phosphoramidites, such as, 2- cyanoethyl-N, N, N', N'-tetraisopropylphosphorodiamidite, methoxy- N, N, N', N'- tetraisopropylphosphorodiamidite, 5'-O-Dimethoxytrityl-2'-deoxy Adenosine (N-
5 Benzoyl)-3'- N, N-diisopropylamino-O-(2-cyanoethyl) phosphoramidite, 5'-O-Dimethoxytrityl-2'- (N4-<BR> Benzoyl)-3'-N, N-diisopropylamino-O- (2-cyanoethyl) phosphoramidite, 5'-O- Dimethoxytrityl- 2'-deoxyGuanosine (N2-isobutyroyl)-3'-N, N-diisopropylamino-0-(2- cyanoethyl) phosphoramidite, and S'-O-Dimethoxytrityl-thymidine-S'-N, N-diisopropylamino-0-(2-cyanoethyl) phosphoramidite. In certain embodiments, the phosphitylating agent is 2-cyanoethyl-N, N, N', N'-
[ 0 tetraisopropylphosphorodiamidite.
The term "phosphitylation activator," or simply "activator or activating agent" as used herein, refers generally to a compound that promotes the reaction of a hydroxyl-containing compound with a phosphitylating reagent to produce a phosphitylated compound. Examples of activators generally used during phosphitylating reactions include, but are not limited to, tetrazole,
.5 imidazole (e.g. 1 -methylimidazole) and 2,4,6-collidine trifluoroacetate (COLT).
While in certain embodiments, methods of purifying phosphoramidites from crude mixtures have been described with specificity, the following examples serve only to illustrate and are not intended to be limiting.
>0 Example 1
Preparation of 5'-O-DMT-N2-isobutyryl-2'-F-guanosine phosphoramidite (8)
DMTrCl
Compound 5 (100.0 g, 0.350 mol, prepared as per Example 1, U.S. Patent 5,670,633) was dried under reduced pressure over P2O5 overnight at 40 °C and then suspended in anhydrous
5 pyridine (1.0 L) under N2. The suspension was cooled to 5 0C in an ice bath. Trimethylsilyl chloride (TMSCl, 222.47 mL, 1.752 mol) was added dropwise over 30 minutes into the suspension which resulted in the formation of a precipitate. The reaction mixture was removed from the ice- bath and the stirring was continued at room temperature for two hours under N2. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and isobutyryl chloride (184.70 mL, 1.752 mol) was added
10 dropwise into the reaction mixture over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir overnight at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was cooled to 5 °C and quenched by the addition of water (626.0 mL) dropwise over a period of 45 minutes. After stirring at room temperature for 1 hour the reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-bath, concentrated and NH4OH (626.0 mL) was added dropwise over a period of 45 minutes. After stirring the reaction mixture at
[ 5 room temperature for 2 hours the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to yield a solid.
The solid was dissolved in wateπacetone (1.4 L, 1 :1) at room temperature and washed with ether (3 x 2 L). The ether layer was decanted after each wash. Precipitation occurred after the first washing. The flask was then cooled in an ice bath for 40 minutes. The precipitate was filtered and rinsed with cold water (300 mL). The collected solid precipitate was suspended in ether (2 L) and
10 acetone (200 mL) was added. The solid was collected by filtration and rinsed with fresh ether and
dried under reduced pressure over P2O5 overnight at 40 °C to give Compound 6 (88.0 g, 71%) as a white solid.
b) Preparation of 5'-0-DMT-N2-isobutyryl-2'-F-guanosine, Compound 7
5 To a solution of Compound 6 (88.0 g, 0.272 mol) in anhydrous pyridine (500.0 mL) was added DMTCl in four portions, (3 x 25.0 g, 1 x 17.0 g; total 92 g, 0.272 mol) over 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred under N2 at room temperature for 4 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and quenched with MeOH (50 mL). After stirring the mixture for 15 minutes at room temperature, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain an oil.
10 The oil was partitioned between ethyl acetate (1.0 L) and water (500 mL), and washed successively with saturated NaHCO3 (500 mL) and brine (500 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to an oil.
The oil was dissolved in MeOHiEt3N (180 mL with 1% Et3N added), and the solution was stirred rapidly with a mechanical stirrer while adding ether (1.5 L) to obtain a pink colored
.5 precipitate. The mixture was cooled in an ice-bath for 30 minutes, and the solid was collected by filtration and rinsed with fresh ether. The solid was then suspended in ether (1.0 L) and stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The resulting solid was collected by filtration, rinsed with fresh ether and dried under high reduced pressure over P2O5 for 16 hours at 40 0C to give Compound 7 (138.0 g, 85 %) as a light pink solid.
>0 c) Preparation of 5'-0-DMT-N2-isobutyryl-2'-F-guanosine phosphoramidite, Compound 8
To a solution of Compound 7 (138.0 g, 0.209 mol) in anhydrous DMF (500 ml) was added tetrazole (1 1.0 g, 0.167 mol, dried thoroughly over P2O5 at 35 °C) followed by 1 -methylimidazole !5 (4.16 mL, 0.052 mol) and 2-cyanoethyl N,N,N'-N'-tetraisopropylphosphoramidite (99.82 mL, 0.314 mol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours under N2 and then cooled in an ice- bath to 5 0C and Et3N (80.0 mL) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature with stirring continued for an additional 15 minutes under N2.
The mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and water (300.0 mL) was added to provide a 10 cloudy :milky solution. The biphasic mixture was removed from ice-bath and washed 4 times with hexane (500 mL). The hexane layer was decanted after each washing leaving an oil at the bottom of the flask. A mixture of toluene:hexane (3:1, 2 L) were added to the aqueous layer and stirred
vigorously to completely dissolve the oil. The resulting solution was vigorously shaken with DMF:water (3:2, 1 x 200 niL and 4 x 500 mL). The DMF:water was decanted after each wash. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution (500 mL), brine (500 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a white foam. The foam was dissolved in ethyl acetate (150 mL) and the solution was stirred vigorously with an overhead stirrer. Hexane (1.5 L) were added slowly to the solution to obtain a white precipitate and then the hexane layer was decanted. To the solution was added slowly hexane (1.5 L) and then the hexane layer was decanted. The ethyl acetate was evaporated under reduced pressure and dried over P2O5 for 16 hours at 30 °C to give Compound 8 (163.0 g, 90 %) as a crisp white foam.
NMR spectra of each of compounds 5 through 8 was consistent with structure.
Example 2
Preparation of 5'-0-DMT-N6-BenzoyI-2'-F-Adenosine Amidite, Compound 12
DMTrCl
a) Preparation of N6-benzoyl-2'-F-adenosine , Compound 10
Compound 9 (100.0 g, 0.371 mol, prepared as per Example 1, U.S. Patent 5,670,633) was dried under reduced pressure over P2O5 overnight at 40 °C and then suspended in anhydrous pyridine (1.0 L) under N2 with cooling in an ice-bath to 5 °C. Trimethylsilyl chloride (TMSCl, 187.9 mL, 1.480 mol) was added dropwise over 30 minutes to the suspension and a precipitate
formed. The reaction mixture was removed from the ice-bath and stirring was continued at room temperature for two hours under N2. The mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and benzoyl chloride (86.22 mL, 0.742 mol) was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The mixture was allowed to stir overnight at room temperature, cooled to 5 °C and then quenched by the dropwise addition of water (626.0 mL) over a period of 45 minutes. After stirring at room temperature for an additional hour the reaction mixture was again cooled in an ice-bath and concentrated. NH4OH (626.0 mL) was added dropwise over a period of 45 minutes, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for an additional 2 hours and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to yield a solid.
The solid was dissolved in water (700 mL) at room temperature and washed with ether (700 mL) by vigorously stirring the solution mixture for 40 minutes. Precipitation occurred and the flask was then cooled in an ice bath for 30 minutes. The precipitate was filtered and rinsed with cold water (300 mL). The precipitate was suspended in ether (1 L) and the suspension was stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The precipitate was filtered again and rinsed with ether to obtain 114.0 g of solid. The solid was then dissolved in DCM:MeOH (3 : 1 , 2.0 L) and water was added to the solution. The DCM:MeOH layer was slowly evaporated under reduced pressure at 25 0C until the product was fully precipitated from solution and then the mixture was cooled in an ice bath. The solid was filtered, rinsed with cold water (300 mL) and dried over P2O5 over night to obtain Compound 10 (93.0 g, 67 %). Another 7.2 g of solid, Compound 10, was obtained by slowly evaporating the filtrate. The total amount of Compound 10 obtained was 100.2 g.
b) Preparation of 5'-O-DMT-N6-benzoyl-2'-F-Adenosine, Compound 11 To a solution of Compound 10 (92.4 g, 0.247 mol) in anhydrous pyridine (500.0 mL) was added DMTCl in four portions, (3 x 25.0 g, 1 x 17.2 g; total 92 g, 0.272 mol) over 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred under N2 at room temperature for 4 hours. The mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and quenched with MeOH (50 mL). After stirring for 15 minutes at room temperature, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to an oil.
The oil was partitioned between ethyl acetate (1.0 L) and water (500 mL), and washed successively with sat. NaHCO3 (1 x 500 mL) and brine (1 x 500 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to an oil. The oil was dissolved in MeOH:Et3N (100 mL with 1 % Et3N added), and stirred rapidly with a mechanical stirrer while adding ether (1.5 L) to obtain a pink colored precipitate. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath for 30 minutes, and the solid was collected by filtration and rinsed with fresh ether. The solid was suspended in ether (1.0 L) and
stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The resultant solid was collected by filtration, rinsed with fresh ether and dried under high reduced pressure over P2O5 for 16 hours at 40 0C to give Compound 11 as a light pink solid (150.6 g, 90).
5 c) Preparation of 5'-0-DMT-N6-Benzoyl-2'-F-Adenosine Amidite, Compound 12
To a solution of Compound 11 (150.0 g, 0.221 mol) in anhydrous DMF (500 mL) was added tetrazole (dried over P2O5 at 35 °C, 12.43 g, 0.177 mol), 1 -methylimidazole (4.40 mL, 0.055 mol) and 2-cyanoethyl N,N,N'-N'-tetraisopropylphosphorodiamidite (105.61 mL, 0.332 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours under N2, cooled in an ice-bath to 5 0C i 0 and Et3N (80.0 mL) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for an additional 15 minutes under N2.
The mixture was cooled in an ice-bath, and water (300.0 mL) was added to give a cloudy- :milky solution. The reaction flask was removed from the ice-bath and the biphasic mixture was washed 4 times by stirring with hexane (500.0 mL). The hexane layer was decanted after each wash
.5 leaving an oil at the bottom of the flask. A mixture of toluene :hexane (3:1; 2 L) were added to the aqueous layer and stirred vigorously to completely dissolve the oil. The resulting solution was vigorously shaken with DMF:water (3:2, 1 x 200 mL and 4 x 500 mL). The DMF:water layer was decanted after each wash. The organic layer was washed with a saturated NaHCO3 solution (500 mL), brine (500 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to provide a white foam. The
!0 foam was dissolved in ethyl acetate (150 mL) and stirred vigorously with a mechanical stirrer.
Hexane (1.5 L) were added slowly to the solution to obtain a white precipitate and then the hexane layer was decanted. Hexane (1.5 L) were added slowly and then the hexane layer was decanted. The resulting ethyl acetate phase was evaporated under reduced pressure and the remaining material dried over P2O5 for 16 hours at 30 °C to give Compound 12 as a crisp white foam, the foam (163.0
!5 g, 90 %)
NMR spectra of each of compounds 9 through 12 was consistent with structure.
Example 3
Into a 3000 niL 3 -necked round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of Compound 13 (230 g, prepared as per the procedures illustrated in U.S. Patent 7,399,845, issued on July 15, 2008) in MeCN (1400 rnL). To this was added uracil (44 g) and BSA (267 mL) and the mixture was heated at 40 °C for 15 minutes to provide a clear solution. TMSOTf (74 mL) was added dropwise with stirring at 40 °C. The solution was heated to reflux in an oil bath with stirring for 3 hours with monitoring by TLC (PE:EA; 1 :1). The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with of EtOAc (3000 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with saturated NaHCO3 (1000 mL) and brine (1000 mL). The mixture was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and the solids were filtered out. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 180 g of crude Compound 14 as light yellow oil.
b) Preparation of Compound 15
To a 3L 3-necked round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of Compound 14 (180 g) in MeOH (2000 mL). To this mixture was added K2CO3 (135 g) with stirring overnight with the temperature maintained at 25 °C and monitoring by TLC (PE:EA; 1 :1). The solids were filtered out and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with of EtOAc 5 (150O mL). The resulting mixture was washed twice with brine (500 mL). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate :petroleum ether (3:1). After concentration and drying, 140 g of crude Compound 15 was provided as light yellow oil.
[0 c) Preparation of Compound 16
To 5L 4-necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of Compound 15 (14O g, 220 mmol) in DCM (2000 mL), DDQ (100 g, 440 mmol) and H2O (114 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at 30 0C in a water bath for 18 hours with monitoring by TLC (PE:EA; 1 :1). The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with EtOAc (3000
15 mL). The resulting mixture was washed twice with saturated Na2SO4 (1000 mL), once with saturated NaCl (1000 mL) (sat.) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate :petroleum ether (3:1). After concentration and drying, 70 g of crude Compound 16 was provided as an off-white solid.
>0 d) Preparation of Compound 17
To a 5000 mL plastic bottle was added a solution of Compound 16 in THF (1000 mL), TEA(HF)3 (191 mL) and TEA (78 mL). The resulting solution was heated to 30 °C with stirring for 24 hours with monitoring by TLC (DCM:MeOH; 10:1). The resulting mixture was concentrated
15 under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with DCM (300 mL). The solution adjusted to a pH value of 9-10 by dropwise addition of aqueous saturated Na2CO3 resulting in the formation of a precipitate. The precipitate was filtered and the filtrate was extracted with THF (4 x 200 mL). The combined extracts were concentrated and the residue was dissolved in hot pyridine (300 mL) and filtered to remove unsolved salt. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to
50 provide 20 g of Compound 17 as an off-white solid.
NMR spectra of each of compounds 14 through 17 was consistent with structure. The (R) and (S) diastereomers of Compound 17 were also prepared as per the procedures illustrated in U.S. Patent 7,399,845, issued on July 15, 2008.
Example 4
Preparation of Compound 21
a) Preparation of Compound 18
To a 5000 raL 3 -necked round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of Compound 13 (630 g, prepared as per the procedures illustrated in U.S. Patent 7,399,845, issued on July 15, 2008) in MeCN (4200 mL). To this was added 5-methyl-uracil (135 g), BSA (725 mL) with heating to 40 °C for 15 minutes to provide a clear solution. TMSOTf (200 mL) was added dropwise with stirring over 50 minutes at 40 °C. The resulting solution was refluxed in an oil bath for 3 hours with
monitoring by TLC (PE:EA; 1:1). The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted with EtOAc (3500 mL). The resulting mixture was washed twice with saturated NaHCO3 (1000 mL) and once with brine (1000 mL). The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide crude Compound 18 (675 g) as light yellow oil.
b) Preparation of Compound 19
To a 10 L 4-necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of Compound 18 (675 g ) in MeOH (9450 mL) and K2CO3 (506 g ). The resulting solution was stirred in a water bath overnight at 25 °C with monitoring by TLC (PE:EA; 1 :1). The mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with EtOAc (3500 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with brine (1000 mL). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (EA:PE; 3:1) to provide 530 g of Compound 19 as light yellow oil.
c) Preparation of Compound 20
To 10 L 4-necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of Compound 19 (530 g, 799 mmol) in DCM (7000 mL), DDQ (369 g, 1620 mmol) and H2O (360 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at 30 0C in a water bath for 18 hours with monitoring by TLC (PE:EA; 1 :1). The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with EtOAc (3000 mL). The resulting mixture was washed twice with saturated Na2SO4 (1000 mL) and once water (1000 mL) then dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Compound 20 (HOg, 95%) as a light yellow solid.
d) Preparation of Compound 21
To a 5 L plastic bottle was added a solution of Compound 20 (1 10 g) in THF (1100 mL), TEA(HF)3 (209 mL) and TEA (87 mL ). The resulting solution was heated to 30 0C and stirred for 24 hours with monitoring by TLC (DCM:MeOH; 10:1). The pH was adjusted to 9-10 by dropwise addition of aqueous saturated NaHCO3. The two phases were separated, the aqueous phase was extracted five times with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and the organic phase was combined with the extracts, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was stirred with hexane and the hexane was decanted. The resulting extracted material was
dried, filtered and concentrated to provide Compound 21 (40 g) as off-white solid.
NMR spectra of each of compounds 18 through 21 was consistent with structure.
Example 5 Preparation of Compound 26
13 22
a) Preparation of Compound 22 BSA (170 mL) was added to a suspension of Compound 13 (18O g, prepared as per the procedures illustrated in U.S. Patent 7,399,845, issued on July 15, 2008) and cytosine (44 g) in MeCN (1200 mL). A clear solution was obtained after heating at 80 °C for 75 minutes at which
point the temperature was lowered to 0-10 °C. Trimethylsily triflate (88 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 5 hours with monitoring by TLC (PE:EA; 2: 1). The mixture was then cooled to 150C and TEA (100 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted with EtOAc (1000 mL). The mixture was washed twice with saturated 5 NaHCO3 (800 mL), once with brine (500 mL) then dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide crude Compound 22 (175 g, 83%) which was used without any purification.
b) Preparation of Compound 23
10 To a 2 L 3 -necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of Compound 22 (160 g) in
MeOH (1200 mL) and K2CO3 (62 g) with the temperature at 15 0C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours with monitoring by LCMS. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc (1000 mL) and washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the crude
[5 product. The crude product was re-crystallized from DCMiEt2O to provide Compound 23 (158 g, 98%) as a white solid.
c) Preparation of Compound 24
To a 5 L 3-necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of Compound 23 (300 g, 416.77 W mmol), (PhCO)2O (312 g, 1.38 mol) and TEA (319 mL) in DCM (2000 mL). The resulting solution was heated to reflux and stirred overnight with monitoring by TLC (DCMiMeOH; 10:1). The resulting solution was diluted with DCM (1500 mL). The organic layer was washed twice with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (1000 mL), once with brine (1000 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the crude product. The crude product 15 was re-crystallized from ethyl ether to provide Compound 24 (321 g, 92%) as a white solid.
d) Preparation of Compound 25
To 5 L 3-necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of Compound 24 (180 g, 227.41 mmol), DDQ (108 g, 475.76 mmol) and water (180 mL) in DCM (2000 mL). The resulting solution )0 was stirred at 30 °C in a water bath for 18 hours with monitoring by TLC (DCM:MeOH; 10:1). The mixture was filtered and the filtrate washed with saturated Na2SO3 (1000 mL). The aqueous phase was separated, diluted with H2O (500 mL) and extracted four times with DCM (1000 mL). The
extracts and the organic phase were combined, washed with saturated NaCl (1500 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluting with 5% MeOH:DCM) to provide Compound 25 (121 g, 78%) as a white solid.
e) Preparation of Compound 26
To a 5 L plastic bottle was added a solution of Compound 25 (210 g), TEA.3HF (335 mL) and TEA (140 mL) in THF (2.5 L). The resulting solution was stirred for 38 hours at 30 °C with monitoring by TLC (DCM:MeOH; 10:1). The reaction was quenched by the addition OfNaHCO3 (s, 90 g), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was re-crystallized from MeOH to provide Compound 26 (100 g, 93%) as a white solid.
NMR spectra of each of compounds 22 through 26 was consistent with structure. The (R) and (S) diastereomers of Compound 26 were also prepared as per the procedures illustrated in U.S. Patent 7,399,845, issued on July 15, 2008.
Example 6
Preparation of Compound 31
27
DDQ
a) Preparation of Compound 27
BSA (220 mL) was added to a suspension of Compound 13 (191 g, prepared as per the procedures illustrated in U.S. Patent 7,399,845, issued on July 15, 2008) and 5-methylcytosine (56 g) in MeCN (1500 mL). The mixture was heated for 2 hours at 80 °C to provide a clear solution which was then cooled to 0-100C and trimethylsily triflate (110 mL) was added. The mixture was refluxed for 3.5 hours with monitoring by TLC (PE:EA; 2:1). The mixture was cooled to room temperature, TEA (150 mL) was added and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (1000 mL), and the organic layer was washed twice with saturated NaHCO3 (800 mL) and then once with brine (500 mL). The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide crude Compound 27 (180 g, 86%) which was used without any purification.
b) Preparation of Compound 28
To a 3 L 3 -necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of Compound 27 (210 g) in MeOH (2000 mL) and K2CO3 (100 g). The mixture was stirred at 25 0C with monitoring by LCMS. 5 After 16 hours the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (2000 mL), washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Compound 28 (144 g, 83%) as a yellow syrup which was used without any purification.
[0 c) Preparation of Compound 29
To a 2 L 3-necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of Compound 28 (110 g), (PhCO)2O (110 g) and TEA (116 mL ) in DCM (1000 mL). The resulting solution was refluxed overnight with monitoring by TLC (DCM:MeOH; 10:1). The resulting solution was diluted with DCM (1 100 mL). The organic layer was washed twice with saturated NaHCO3 (800 mL), once with .5 brine (800 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting material was re-crystallized from ethyl acetate:petroleum ether to provide Compound 29 (105 g, 82%) as a white solid.
d) Preparation of Compound 30
>0 To 2000 mL 3-necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of Compound 30 (105 g),
DDQ (74 mL) and H2O (110 g) in DCM (1000 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at 30 °C in a water bath for 18 hours with monitoring by TLC (PErEA; 2:1). The mixture was filtered and washed with saturated Na2SO3 (700 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous phase was diluted with H2O (400 mL) and extracted four times with DCM (800 mL). The organic layers were
>5 combined, washed with saturated NaCl (1000 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (eluting with 5% MeOH:DCM) to provide Compound 30 (80 g, 88%) as a white solid.
SO e) Preparation of Compound 31
To a 2 L plastic bottle was added a solution of Compound 30 (80 g), TEA.3HF (120 mL) and TEA (55 mL) in THF (1.0 L). The mixture was stirred for 38 hours at 30 0C with monitoring by
TLC (PE:EA; 2:1). The reaction was then quenched by the addition OfNaHCO3 (s, 10 g), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude produce was purified by re-crystallization from DCMrwater to provide Compound 31 (24 g, 49%) as a white solid.
NMR spectra of each of compounds 27 through 31 was consistent with structure.
Example 7
Preparation of Compound 36
a) Preparation of Compound 32
N,O-Bis(trimethylsilyi)acetamide (815 mL, 3.17 mol) was added to a suspension of Compound 13 (730 g, 0.99 mol, prepared as per the procedures illustrated in U.S. Patent 7,399,845, issued on July 15, 2008) and 6-iV-benzoyladenine (307 g, 1.28 mol) in dichloroethane (8 L). The
reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 minutes at which time it became clear. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath and trimethylsilyl triflate (362 mL, 1.88 mol) was added dropwise. When TLC showed that the starting material had been consumed with the formation of a new product spot, the reaction was stopped. The pH was adjusted to 7 with Et3N and the mixture was concentrated under 5 reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (5 L). The resulting mixture was washed twice with H2O (1 L), once with brine (1 L), dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. Concentration under reduced pressure provided Compound 32 (850 g, crude) as a yellow oil.
b) Preparation of Compound 33
0 To a 10 L vessel was added Compound 32 (850 g, crude), methanol (6 L), and potassium carbonate (280 g, 2.03 mol). The mixture was stirred at 25 0C for 24 hours with monitoring by TLC. The mixture was filtered and the filtered solid material was dissolved in ethyl acetate:H2O (5:3). The organic layer was separated and washed twice with brine (1 L). The mixture was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Compound 33
5 (350 g) as a white solid.
c) Preparation of Compound 34
To a 5 L vessel was added Compound 33 (350 g, 0.52 mol), pyridine (1.6 L) followed by the dropwise addition of benzoyl chloride (159 mL, 1.36 mol). The resulting solution was stirred at 25
!0 0C for 1 hour with monitoring by TLC. EtOAc (1.6 L) was added followed by the dropwise addition of H2O with the temperature maintained at about 0 degrees C until the unused reagent was quenched. NH3-H2O (650 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 25 0C for 3 hours with monitoring by TLC. The organic layer was separated and washed three times with 1% HCl (500 mL) then three times with brine (500 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and
\5 concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Compound 34 (400 g, crude) as yellow oil.
d) Preparation of Compound 35
To a 5 L vessel was added Compound 34 (400 g, crude), dichloromethane (4 L), 4,5- dichloro-3, ό-dioxocyclohexa-l^-diene-l^-dicarbonitrile (290 g, 1.28 mol) and water (200 mL). iO The mixture was stirred at 25 0C for 24 hours with monitoring by TLC. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue diluted with ethyl acetate (5 L). The resulting mixture was washed four times with saturated aqueous Na2SO3 (2 L), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered
and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate:petroleum ether (2:1) to provide Compound 35 (230 g) as a light yellow solid.
e) Preparation of Compound 36
To a 5 L plastic vessel was added Compound 35 (230 g, 361.64 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (3450 mL), triethylamine (146 mL, 1.08 mol) and triethylamine trihydro fluoride (346 rnL, 2.16 mol). The mixture was stirred at 25 0C for 12 hours with monitoring by TLC. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted with ethyl acetate (400 mL). The pH was adjusted to 7 with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was filtered and the solid material was dissolved in pyridine (600 mL) with insoluble material removed by filtration. The pyridine solution concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified by re-crystallization from MeOH to provide Compound 36 (HO g, 77%) as a white solid.
NMR spectra of each of compounds 32 through 36 was consistent with structure.
Example 8
Preparation of Compound 41
To a 10 L 3 -necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of Compound 13 (15O g, prepared as per the procedures illustrated in U.S. Patent 7,399,845, issued on July 15, 2008) in CH2CH2Cl2 (1500 mL) followed by 6-chloro-9H-purin-2-amine (51.5 g) and BSA (166 mL). Refluxing for 45 minutes provided a clear solution which was cooled with stirring to 0-15 °C in an ice bath. TMSOTf (74 mL) was added dropwise at 0-10 °C and stirring was continued for an additional 8 hours at reflux in an oil bath with monitoring by TLC. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and EtOAc (3 L) was added. The pH was adjusted to 7-8 with
saturated NaHCO3. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate washed with brine (1 L). The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The resulting solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Compound 37 (145 g, crude) as a brown oil.
5 b) Preparation of Compound 38
Into a 10 L 4-necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of sodium hydride (93 g, 2.33 mol, 6.9 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (2000 mL). To this mixture 3-hydroxypropanenitrile (144 mL) was added dropwise with stirring at 0-10 °C. After stirring for 30 minutes, a solution of Compound 37 (300 g, 0.34 mol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (2000 mL) was added with stirring at 0-10 0C
10 and the stirring continued for 3 additional hours at room temperature. Saturated aqueous NH4Cl (600 mL) was added to quench the reaction, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and EtOAc (3 L) was added to the resulting residue. The mixture was washed twice with brine (500 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Compound 38 (260 g, crude) as brown oil.
15 c) Preparation of Compound 39
Into a 5 L 4-necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of Compound 38 (520 g, 600 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMF (3000 mL), DMAP (17.8 g, 140 mmol,0.24 equiv) followed by the addition of isobutyric anhydride (243 mL) dropwise with stirring at 15-20 0C. The resulting
.0 solution was stirred for 6 hours at 70 °C in a oil bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in 3000 mL of EtOAc and the pH was adjusted to 7-8 with saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The resulting mixture was washed with brine (1000 mL), water (1000 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc:PE; 1 :3). After
.5 workup from chromatography, Compound 39 (300 g) was obtained as a yellow solid.
d) Preparation of Compound 40
Into a 3 L 4-necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of Compound 39 (300 g, 360 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (3 L), 4,5-dichloro-3,6-dioxocyclohexa-l,4-diene-l,2-dicarbonitrile (254 )0 g, 1140 mmol, 3.34 equiv) and water (75 mL) with stirring at 15 0C overnight. Saturated aqueous Na2SO3 was added to quench the reaction, the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (1500 mL). The resulting mixture was washed
with brine (750 niL). The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (EA:PE; 1.5:1). After workup from chromatography Compound 40 (160 g) was obtained as a yellow solid.
5 e) Preparation of Compound 41
To a 2 L plastic bottle was added a solution of Compound 40 (160 g) in THF (1600 mL), TEA(HF)3 (253 mL) and TEA (110 mL) with stirring at 15 °C overnight. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted with dichloromethane (200 mL). The pH was
.0 adjusted to 7-8 with saturated aqueous Na2CO3. The solution was filtered and the filtrate was extracted five times with tetrahydrofuran (500 mL). The organic layers were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (dichloromethane :methanol; 20:1) and the purified material was further re- crystallized from tetrahydrofuran:Et2O in the ratio of 1 :5 to provide Compound 41 (80 g, 91%) as a
5 light yellow solid.
NMR spectra of each of compounds 37 through 41 was consistent with structure.
Example 9
General procedure for preparation of bicyclic nucleoside DMT phosphoramidites !0 Preparation Compound 44
R1 = A, G , C, T , U or 5-methyl C a) Preparation of Compound 43
4,4'-Dimethoxytrityl chloride (DMTCl, 111.84 g, 0.330 mol) was added to a solution of bicyclic nucleoside 42 (Ri = C(4NBz), Compound 26, 102.0 g, 0.275 mol, prepared as per the procedures illustrated in Example 5) in pyridine (600 mL). After stirring for 4 hours at room temperature the mixture was cooled with an ice bath and quenched with MeOH (60.0 mL). The resulting residue was evaporated to remove the solvent and provide a crude oil.
The crude oil was dissolved in ethyl acetate (1.0 L) and washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution (I x 1000 mL) and brine (1 x 1000 mL). The resulting organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 filtered and evaporated to an oil. The oil was dissolved into toluene (500 mL) and the toluene solution was slowly added to 2.5 L of hexane with vigorous stirring to provide a white precipitate. The precipitate was isolated and rinsed with fresh hexane. The resulting solid was dried over P2O5 over night under high reduced pressure to provide Compound 43 (184.0 g, 99 %).
b) Preparation of Compound 44
To a solution of Compound 43 (184.0 g, 0.291 mol) in DMF (700 mL) was added tetrazole (16.31 g, 0.232 mol), 1 -methylimidazole (5.77 mL, 0.072 mol) and 2-cyanoethyl N,N,N'-N'-tetra- isopropylphosphane (138.61 mL, 0.437 mol). The reaction was completed after stirring at room temperature for 4 hours under argon. The mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and quenched with Et3N (100.0 mL) followed with water (150 mL). The solution warms and becomes cloudy:milky. The cloudy :milky solution was then washed 4 times with hexane (1000 mL) leaving some oil in the bottom of the flask.
Toluene:hexane (1.5 L, 3:1) were added to the mixture and the resulting solution was transferred to a 3 L separatory funnel. DMF:water (500 mL, 3:2) was added and the separatory funnel with vigorous shaking which provided two layers. The bottom layer (DMF: water) was removed and the top layer was washed 4 times with DMF:water (400 mL, 3:2). The organic layer was evaporated to an oil and redissolved in DCM (1.0 L). The resulting organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution (500 mL) and brine (500 mL) and then dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to about 500 mL. This solution was added slowly to hexane (2.5 L) while stirring vigorously to provide a white precipitate. The precipitate was filtered and rinsed with fresh hexane then dried over P2O5 for 32 hours to provide Compound 44 as a white solid (237.83 g, 99%).
Example 10
Compound 46 was prepared following the general procedure of Example 9. Compound 46 was obtained at a purity of 96.9% as measured by UV.
Example 11
Preparation of adenosine DMT phosphoramidite, Compound 48
Compound 48 was prepared following the general procedure of Example 9. Compound 48 was obtained at a purity of 92.8% as measured by UV.
Example 12
Preparation of guanidine DMT phosphoramidite, Compound 50
Compound 50 was prepared following the general procedure of Example 9. Compound 50 was obtained at a purity of 96.5% as measured by UV.
Example 13
Preparation of thymidine DMT phosphoramidite, Compound 52
Compound 52 was prepared following the general procedure of Example 9. Compound 52 was obtained at a purity of 96.5% as measured by UV.
Example 14
Comparison of purification methods, chromatography versus precipitation
The precipitation methods described in examples 1 and 2 and the general methods described in Example 9 are currently being used to prepare modified nucleosides on large scale with good results. The relative % yield is shown below for relative yields using the precipitation methods disclosed herein as compared to using silica gel flash column chromatography. For each of the comparisons, the yield is the same or higher using the disclosed precipitation methods compared to chromatography with the exception of Compound 48 which is within a few percent. The yields for compounds that were purified by column chromatography was from smaller scale syntheses (from .76 g to 15 g of starting material) and the yields for the compounds that were purified by the precipitation methods disclosed here were from larger scale syntheses (88 g to 181 g). Compound # Step % Yield Precipitation/% Yield Chromatography
7, 2'-F-G DMT 85/80
8, 2'-F-G Amidite 90/63
11, 2'-F-A DMT 91/63
12, 2'-F-A Amidite 99/78
47, cEt-A DMT 97/92
48, cEt-A Amidite 90/95
49, cEt-G DMT 85/85
50, cEt-G Amidite 90/83
These data show the advantage of using the precipitation methods described herein over more traditional, column chromatography methods.
Example 15
Preparation of guanidine DMT phosphoramidite, Compound 65
1. iBu-Cl, pyridine
a) Preparation of Compound 54
Pivaloyl chloride (5.5 mmol, 0.67 mL) was added to a solution of commercially available l,5-anhydro-4,6-O-benzylidene-D-glucitol (Carbosynth Limited, UK.) Compound 53 (5 mmol, 1.25 g), triethylamine (5.5 mmol, 0.77 mL) and dimethylaminopyridine (20 mg) in dichloromethane (25 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 24 hours, the reaction was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with 5% HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine then dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, eluting with 10 to 30% ethyl acetate in hexane) provided Compound 54 (1.06 g) and Compound 55 (0.64 g) as white solids. Compound 54: 1H NMR (300MHz, chloroform-d) δ = 7.56 - 7.44 (m, 2 H), 7.36 (m, 3 H), 5.49 (s, 1 H), 4.98 - 4.81 (m, 1 H), 4.40 - 4.22 (m, 1 H), 4.16 - 3.99 (m, 1 H), 3.82 (s, 1 H), 3.65 (s, 1 H), 3.46
(s, 1 H), 3.41 - 3.27 (m, 1 H), 3.27 - 3.15 (m, 1 H), 3.04 - 2.80 (m, 1 H), 1.29 - 1.16 (m, 9 H). Compound 55: 1H NMR (300MHz, chloroform-d) δ = 7.49 - 7.40 (m, 2 H), 7.39 - 7.32 (m, 3 H), 5.53 (s, 1 H), 5.08 - 4.91 (m, 1 H), 4.42 - 4.29 (m, 1 H), 4.19 - 4.04 (m, 1 H), 3.92 - 3.76 (m, 1 H), 3.76 - 3.55 (m, 2 H), 3.50 - 3.30 (m, 2 H), 1.24 (s, 9 H). 5 b) Preparation of Compound 57
Trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (4.8 mmol, 0.8 niL) was added to a cold (0 0C) solution of Compound 54 (3.2 mmol, 1.07 g) and pyridine (0.5 mL). After stirring for one hour the reaction was quenched by adding water and the organic layer was washed with water and brine then dried 0 (Na2SO4) and concentrated to provide crude Compound 56 which was used without any further purification. 1H NMR (300MHz, chloroform-d) δ = 7.53 - 7.42 (m, 2 H), 7.42 - 7.32 (m, 3 H), 5.59 (s, 1 H), 5.10 (s, 2 H), 4.48 - 4.33 (m, 1 H), 4.32 - 4.15 (m, 1 H), 3.90 - 3.69 (m, 2 H), 3.57 - 3.42 (m, 1 H), 3.40 - 3.22 (m, 1 H), 1.24 (s, 9 H).
A solution of Compound 56 and cesium fluoride (10 mmol, 1.5 g) in /-BuOH (10 mL) was 5 heated at 70 0C for 2 hours. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer was washed with water and brine then dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, eluting with 10 to 20% ethyl acetate in hexane) provided Compound 57 (0.94 g, 90% from 53). 1H NMR (300MHz, chloroform- d) δ = 7.49 (m, 2 H), 7.37 (m, 3 H), 5.56 (s, 1 H), 5.29 - 5.02 (m, 1 H), 5.02 - 4.81 (m, 1 H), 4.49 - >0 4.32 (m, 1 H), 4.22 - 4.04 (m, 1 H), 3.99 - 3.54 (m, 7 H), 1.23 (s, 9 H).
c) Preparation of Compound 59
Potassium carbonate (3.2 mmol, 0.44 g) was added to a solution of compound 57 (1.18 mmol, 0.4 g) in methanol (10 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, the solvent was
>5 evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to provide Compound 58 which was used without any further purification. 1H NMR (300MHz, chloroform-d) δ = 7.58 - 7.30 (m, 5 H), 5.54 (s, 1 H), 5.23 - 4.94 (m, 1 H), 4.39 (dd, J= 4.7, 10.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.02 - 3.43 (m, 6 H), 2.25 - 2.08 (m, 1 H).
50 Trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (0.45 mmol, 0.08 mL) was added to a cold (0 0C) solution of compound 58 (0.3 mmol, 0.08 g) and pyridine (0.05 mL). After stirring for one hour, the reaction was quenched by adding water and the organic layer was washed with water and brine then
dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to provide Compound 59 which was used without any further purification. 1H NMR (300MHz, chloroform-d) δ = 7.58 - 7.32 (m, 5 H), 5.55 (s, 1 H), 5.28 (IH, d, J= 55 Hz), 5.02-4.85 (m, IH), 4.42 (dd, J= 4.9, 10.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.09 (dd, J= 5.7, 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.01 - 3.80 (m, 2 H), 3.78 - 3.50 (m, 2 H); MS (e/z), 387 (m+1). 5 d) Preparation of Compound 60
Compound 59 (7.51 mmol, 2.9 g) and 6-iodo-2-aminopurine tetrabutylammonium salt (17.6 mmol, 8.5 g, prepared as described in J Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 2902-2905), were dissolved in anhydrous HMPA (26 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, poured into 10 ethyl acetate, washed with water and saturated NaCl, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane:ethyl acetate) provided Compound 60 (2.78 g, 75%). NMR (1H and 19F) and LCMS analyses were consistent with structure.
15 e) Preparation of Compound 61
Compound 60 (0.64 mmol, 0.32 g) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (9 mL) and 9 mL of IM aqueous NaOH was added with heating at 55 °C for 18 hours. The mixture was cooled then neutralized with IN HCl. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography (5% methanol in dichloromethane) to provide Compound 61 (0.22 g, 88%). -0 NMR (1H and 19F) and LCMS analyses were consistent with structure.
f) Preparation of Compound 62
Compound 61 (3.23 mmol, 1.25 g) was dissolved in anhydrous pyridine (13.6 mL), cooled to 0 °C, then treated with isobutyryl chloride (4.85 mmol, 0.51 mL). The mixture was warmed to room
.5 temperature and stirred for 6 hours. The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and treated with concentrated aqueous NH4OH (3.2 mL) with stirring for 30 minutes. The mixture was poured into ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with water (200 mL) and brine (200 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (gradient of 0 to 5% methanol in dichloromethane) provided Compound 62 (1.21 g, 82%). NMR (1H and 19F) and LCMS analyses
30 were consistent with structure.
g) Preparation of Compound 63
Compound 62 (0.219 mmol, 0.103 g) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) and acetic acid (0.2 mL) and Pd(OH)2/C (0.44 g) were added with stirring under an atmosphere (balloon pressure) of hydrogen for 14 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the resulting filtrate was concentrated and triturated with acetonitrile to provide Compound 63 as a white solid. NMR (1H and '9F) and LCMS analyses were consistent with structure.
h) Preparation of Compound 64
4,4'-Dimethoxytrityl chloride (DMTCl) (14.09 g, 0.041 mol) was added to Compound 63 (12.11 g, 0.032 mol) in pyridine (100 mL). After stirring for 4 hours at room temperature the reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath and quenched by addition of MeOH (10.0 mL). The mixture was evaporated and the resulting residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate 1.0 L and washed once with aqueous saturated NaHCO3 (100 mL) and then brine (100 mL). The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The resulting residue was dissolved in toluene (100 mL) and the resulting solution was added slowly to hexane (500 mL) with vigorous stirring to provide a white precipitate. The precipitate was filtered and rinsed with fresh hexane. The solid material was isolated and dried over P2O5 overnight to provide Compound 64 (20.5 g, 95%).
i) Preparation of Compound 65
Tetrazole (1.36 g, 0.0194 mol), 1 -methylimidazole (.48 mL, 0.006 mol) and 2-cyanoethyl N,N,N'-N'-tetraisopropylphosphane (11.58 mL, 0.035 mol) were added to a solution of Compound 64 (16 g, 0.024 mol) in DMF (715 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under an atmosphere of argon for 4 hours at which time the reaction was complete by TLC. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath, quenched with Et3N (10.0 mL) and diluted with water (97 mL. The resulting cloudy/milky mixture was then washed with 4 times with hexane (200 mL). A mixture of toluene: hexane (3 : 1 , 300 mL) was added to provide a solution. The solution was then transferred to a 1 L separatory funnel and DMF:water (200 mL, 3:2) was added with vigorous shaking to provide two phases. The bottom phase (DMF/water) was removed and the top organic phase (toluene/hexane) was washed 4 times with a mixture of with DMF:water (3:2, 300 mL). The organic phase was evaporated to an oil and dissolved in DCM (400.0 mL), washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution (500 mL) and brine (500 mL) then dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to a volume of about 100 mL. The resulting solution was added slowly to hexane (500 mL) with
vigorous stirring to give a precipitate. The precipitate was filtered, rinsed with fresh hexane and dried over P2O5 for 32 hours to provide Compound 65 (21.0 g, 96%) as a white solid.
All publications, patents, and patent applications referenced herein are incorporated herein by reference. While in the foregoing specification this invention has been described in relation to certain embodiments thereof, and many details have been set forth for purposes of illustration, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the invention is susceptible to additional embodiments and that certain of the details described herein may be varied considerably without departing from the basic principles of the invention.
Claims
1. A method of purifying a modified nucleoside phosphoramidite from a reaction mixture comprising the steps of: forming a biphasic mixture comprising the reaction mixture which is optionally concentrated, at least one polar organic solvent and water; washing the biphasic mixture with a non-polar organic solvent; adding one or more organic solvents to the washed biphasic mixture to form a first mixture; washing the first mixture with a mixture comprising a polar organic solvent and water thereby providing an organic phase; concentrating the organic phase, dissolving the resulting residue in an organic solvent to provide a first solution wherein the organic phase or the first solution is optionally washed, dried and filtered; combining the first solution with a non-polar organic solvent that is insoluble with the organic solvent used to dissolve the concentrated organic phase to precipitate the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite, optionally decanting the non-polar solvent and repeating the combination step one or more times and isolating the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite; wherein said modified nucleoside phosphoramidite comprises a protected hydroxyl group.
2. The method of claim 1 wherein the reaction mixture is concentrated prior to forming a biphasic mixture.
3. The method of any one of claims 1 or 2 wherein the polar organic solvent added to the reaction mixture is DMF.
4. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3 wherein the non-polar organic solvent used to wash the biphasic mixture is hexane.
5. The method of any one of claims 1 to 4 wherein the one or more organic solvents added to the washed biphasic mixture comprise a mixture of polar and non-polar organic solvents.
6. The method of claim 5 wherein said mixture comprises a polar organic solvent and a non- polar organic solvent in a ratio of from about 65:35 to about 85:15.
7. The method of any one of claims 5 to 6 wherein said mixture of polar and non-polar organic solvents is water immiscible.
8. The method of any one of claims 5 to 7 wherein said mixture comprises an aromatic solvent and a hydrocarbon solvent.
9. The method of any one of claims 5 to 8 wherein said mixture comprises toluene and hexane.
10. The method of any one of claims 1 to 9 wherein the first mixture is washed with a mixture of DMF and water in a ratio of from about 50:50 to about 70:30.
11. The method of any one of claims 1 to 10 wherein the first mixture is washed from about 2 to about 6 times.
12. The method of any one of claims 1 to 11 wherein the organic phase is concentrated and the resulting residue dissolved in a polar organic solvent to provide the first solution.
13. The method of claim 12 wherein the organic phase is washed, dried and filtered prior to concentration.
14. The method of claim 12 wherein the first solution is washed, dried and filtered.
15. The method of any one of claims 13 or 14 wherein the washing is performed with a solution OfNaHCO3 and the drying is over Na2SO4 or MgSO4.
16. The method of any one of claims 1 to 15 wherein the organic solvent used to dissolve the organic phase is ethyl acetate, dichloromethane, chloroform or toluene.
17. The method of any one of claims 1 to 16 wherein the non-polar solvent used to precipitate the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite is hexane or petroleum ether.
18. The method of any one of claims 1-17 wherein the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite has formula II:
II wherein:
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
R, is -H, -OH, -F, -0-CH3, -0-CH2CH2-O-CH3, -0-CH2-CH=CH25N3, NH2, NHOH, -O-(CH2)2-O-N(E02, -0-CH2C(O)-N(Ei)2, -0-CH2-CH2-CH2-NH2, -O-(CH2)2-O-(CH2)2-N(Ei)2 and and -O-CH2-N(H)-C(=NE1)[N(E,)2]; each Ei is, independently, H, C1-C12 alkyl, a protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ci2 alkyl, C2-Cj2 alkenyl, or C2-Cj2 alkynyl;
Pg is a hydroxyl protecting group;
Zi and Z2 are each, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl; each substituted group is mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, 0Jh SJb NJiJ2, N3, COOJ,, CN, O-C(=O)NJ,J2, N(H)C(=NH)NJ,J2, N(H)C(=0)N(H)J2 or N(H)C(=S)N(H)J2; and each Ji and J2 is, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Ci-C6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group.
19. The method of any one of claims 1-17 wherein the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite has formula III:
III wherein:
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
Pg is a hydroxyl protecting group;
Zi and Z2 are each, independently, H, CpC6 alkyl, substituted Cj-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl;
Qi and Q2 are each, independently, H, CpC6 alkyl, substituted Cj-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, thiol or substituted thiol; or Qi and Q2 together are methylene C=CH2); each substituted group is mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJ,, SJ,, NJjJ2, N3, COOJ,, CN, O-C(=O)NJjJ2, N(H)C(=NH)NJ,J2, N(H)C(=0)N(H)J2 or N(H)C(=S)N(H)J2; and each Jj and J2 is, independently, H, Cj-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Ci-C6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group.
20. The method of any one of claims 1-17 wherein the modified nucleoside phosphoramidite comprises a sugar surrogate group.
21. The method of claim 20 wherein the sugar surrogate group is a tetrahydropyranyl, morpholino, cyclohexenyl or a cyclohexitol group.
22. The method of any one of claims 1 to 21 wherein the hydroxyl protecting group is a trityl group.
23. The method of claim 22 wherein the trityl group is 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl.
24. A method of purifying a modified nucleoside from a reaction mixture comprising the steps of: concentrating the reaction mixture, dissolving the resultant residue in a polar organic solvent and optionally adding water to provide a first mixture; washing the first mixture with one or more aqueous solutions, separating the organic phase and drying, filtering and concentrating the organic phase to an oil; dissolving the oil into a polar organic solvent and combining the resulting solution with a non-polar organic solvent to precipitate the modified nucleoside, optionally washing the modified nucleoside with a non-polar solvent and isolating the modified nucleoside; and wherein the modified nucleoside comprises a protected hydroxyl group.
25. The method of claim 24 wherein the residue is dissolved in a polar organic solvent that is water immiscible to provide the first mixture.
26. The method of claim 25 wherein the polar organic solvent is water immiscible.
27. The method of any one of claims 25 or 26 wherein the polar organic solvent is ethyl acetate.
28. The method of any one of claims 25 to 27 wherein the first mixture further comprises water.
29. The method of any one of claims 26 to 28 wherein the first mixture is washed with an aqueous solution OfNaHCO3.
30. The method of claim 29 further comprising washing with an aqueous brine solution.
31. The method of any one of claims 24 to 30 wherein the separated organic phase is dried over Na2SO4.
32. The method of any one of claims 24 to 31 comprising 1% organic base wherein the organic base is an aliphatic amine, piperidine or pyridine.
33. The method of claim 32 wherein the organic base is triethylamine.
34. The method of any one of claims 24 to 33 wherein the oil is dissolved into a polar organic solvent and the non-polar organic solvent is added slowly with vigorous stirring to provide a precipitate.
35. The method of claim 34 wherein the precipitate is stirred for about 30 additional minutes at ice bath temperatures.
36. The method of any one of claims 35 or 36 further comprising filtering the precipitate, washing the precipitate with additional non-polar organic solvent, suspending the precipitate in additional non-polar organic solvent with stirring for about 30 minutes and isolating the precipitate.
37. The method of any one of claims 34 to 36 wherein the polar organic solvent is methanol and the non-polar organic solvent is ether.
38. The method of any one of claims 24 to 37 wherein the modified nucleoside has formula IV:
IV wherein:
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
Pg is a 5'-protecting group;
R1 is -H, -OH, -F, -0-CH3, -0-CH2CH2-O-CH3, -0-CH2-CH=CH2, N3, NH2, NHOH, -O-(CH2)2-O-N(E,)2, -0-CH2C(O)-N(Ei)2, -0-CH2-CH2-CH2-NH2, -O-(CH2)2-O-(CH2)2-N(E,)2 and and -0-CH2-N(H)-CC=NEi)[N(Ei)2]; each Ei is, independently, H, Ci-Ci2 alkyl, a protecting group or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ci2 alkyl, C2-Ci2 alkenyl, or C2-C]2 alkynyl;
Zi and Z2 are each, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, substituted C]-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl; each substituted group is mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJ1, SJi, NJiJ2, N3, COOJ1, CN, O-C(=O)NJ,J2, N(H)C(=NH)NJ,J2, N(H)C(=O)N(H)J2 or N(H)C(=S)N(H)J2; and each Ji and J2 is, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group.
39. The method of any one of claims 24 to 37 wherein the modified nucleoside has formula V:
V wherein:
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
Pg is a 5'-protecting group;
Zi and Z2 are each, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl;
Qi and Q2 are each, independently, H, Ci-C6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, thiol or substituted thiol; or Qi and Q2 together are methylene (=CH2); each substituted group is mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, OJi, SJ1, NJ1J2, N3, COOJ1, CN, 0-C(O)NJiJ2, N(H)CC=NH)NJ1J2, N(H)C(=O)N(H)J2 or N(H)Q=S)N(H)J2; and each J1 and J2 is, independently, H, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 aminoalkyl or a protecting group.
40. The method of any one of claims 24 to 37 wherein the modified nucleoside comprises a sugar surrogate group.
41. The method of claim 40 wherein the sugar surrogate group is a tetrahydropyranyl, morpholino, cyclohexenyl or a cyclohexitol group. DVCM0029WO PATENT
42. The method of any one of claims 24 to 41 wherein the hydroxyl protecting group is a trityl group.
43. The method of any one of claims 24 to 41 wherein the hydroxyl protecting group is 4,4'- dimethoxytrityl.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US5525708P | 2008-05-22 | 2008-05-22 | |
US61/055,257 | 2008-05-22 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2009143369A2 true WO2009143369A2 (en) | 2009-11-26 |
WO2009143369A3 WO2009143369A3 (en) | 2010-04-15 |
Family
ID=41279375
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2009/044887 WO2009143369A2 (en) | 2008-05-22 | 2009-05-21 | Method of preparing nucleosides and analogs thereof without using chromatography |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2009143369A2 (en) |
Cited By (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2013022966A1 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-14 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Linkage modified gapped oligomeric compounds and uses thereof |
WO2014179629A2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2014-11-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods |
WO2015164693A1 (en) | 2014-04-24 | 2015-10-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising alpha-beta-constrained nucleic acid |
WO2015168589A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2015-11-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
WO2015168618A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2015-11-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
CN107556355A (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2018-01-09 | 上海兆维科技发展有限公司 | Double phosphoramidites of a kind of nucleosides and preparation method thereof |
US9943604B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2018-04-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Targeted therapeutic nucleosides and their use |
CN108779132A (en) * | 2016-03-13 | 2018-11-09 | 波涛生命科学有限公司 | Composition and method for phosphoramidite and oligonucleotide synthesis |
US10280423B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2019-05-07 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating complement factor B expression |
EP3564374A1 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2019-11-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of target nucleic acids |
US10557137B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2020-02-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
EP3862362A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2021-08-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugates of modified antisense oligonucleotides and their use for modulating pkk expression |
US11098077B2 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2021-08-24 | Chinook Therapeutics, Inc. | Locked nucleic acid cyclic dinucleotide compounds and uses thereof |
US11400161B2 (en) | 2016-10-06 | 2022-08-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method of conjugating oligomeric compounds |
US11873316B2 (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2024-01-16 | Wave Life Sciences Ltd. | Compositions and methods for phosphoramidite and oligonucleotide synthesis |
CN119264195A (en) * | 2024-12-12 | 2025-01-07 | 天津奥瑞芙生物医药有限公司 | A method for purifying phosphoramidite monomer |
CN119264195B (en) * | 2024-12-12 | 2025-04-08 | 天津奥瑞芙生物医药有限公司 | A method for purifying phosphoramidite monomer |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4668777A (en) * | 1981-03-27 | 1987-05-26 | University Patents, Inc. | Phosphoramidite nucleoside compounds |
US20040082775A1 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2004-04-29 | Bruce Ross | Process of purifying phosphoramidites |
-
2009
- 2009-05-21 WO PCT/US2009/044887 patent/WO2009143369A2/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4668777A (en) * | 1981-03-27 | 1987-05-26 | University Patents, Inc. | Phosphoramidite nucleoside compounds |
US20040082775A1 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2004-04-29 | Bruce Ross | Process of purifying phosphoramidites |
Cited By (58)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2013022966A1 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-14 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Linkage modified gapped oligomeric compounds and uses thereof |
WO2013022967A1 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-14 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Gapped oligomeric compounds comprising 5'-modified deoxyribonucleosides in the gap and uses thereof |
US9752142B2 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2017-09-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Gapped oligomeric compounds comprising 5′-modified deoxyribonucleosides in the gap and uses thereof |
US9145558B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2015-09-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating HBV expression |
US9932580B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2018-04-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating HBV expression |
WO2014179625A1 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2014-11-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR MODULATING APOLIPOPROTEIN (a) EXPRESSION |
US9127276B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2015-09-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds and their use |
WO2014179626A2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2014-11-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein c-iii expression |
EP3633039A1 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2020-04-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods |
EP4438129A2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2024-10-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein c-iii expression |
US11851655B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2023-12-26 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
US9181549B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2015-11-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds and their use |
US11299736B1 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2022-04-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds and their use |
US9714421B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2017-07-25 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods |
WO2014179629A2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2014-11-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods |
EP3828275A1 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2021-06-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating ttr expression |
WO2014179627A2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2014-11-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating hbv and ttr expression |
US9932581B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2018-04-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein C-III expression |
US10683499B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2020-06-16 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating TTR expression |
US9957504B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2018-05-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
US10883104B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2021-01-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
EP3524680A1 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2019-08-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating ttr expression |
EP3690049A1 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2020-08-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein c-iii expression |
EP3730619A1 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2020-10-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of target nucleic acids |
EP3564374A1 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2019-11-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of target nucleic acids |
US9943604B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2018-04-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Targeted therapeutic nucleosides and their use |
US10221416B2 (en) | 2014-04-24 | 2019-03-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising alpha-beta-constrained nucleic acid |
WO2015164693A1 (en) | 2014-04-24 | 2015-10-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising alpha-beta-constrained nucleic acid |
EP3608406A1 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2020-02-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating complement factor b expression |
EP3974534A1 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2022-03-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
WO2015168589A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2015-11-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
US10280423B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2019-05-07 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating complement factor B expression |
US10793862B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2020-10-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
WO2015168618A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2015-11-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
US10875884B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2020-12-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
EP3757215A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2020-12-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
US9994855B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2018-06-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
US11732265B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2023-08-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating complement factor B expression |
EP3845547A1 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2021-07-07 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Galnac3 conjugated modified oligonucleotide for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
EP3862362A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2021-08-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugates of modified antisense oligonucleotides and their use for modulating pkk expression |
EP4219718A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2023-08-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating complement factor b expression |
US11312964B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2022-04-26 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
US9382540B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2016-07-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc | Compositions and methods for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
US11319536B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2022-05-03 | Ionis Pharmacueticals, Inc. | Modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
US10557137B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2020-02-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
US11407775B2 (en) | 2016-03-13 | 2022-08-09 | Wave Life Sciences Ltd. | Compositions and methods for phosphoramidite and oligonucleotide synthesis |
AU2017234150B2 (en) * | 2016-03-13 | 2021-09-16 | Wave Life Sciences Ltd. | Compositions and methods for phosphoramidite and oligonucleotide synthesis |
CN108779132B (en) * | 2016-03-13 | 2022-04-15 | 波涛生命科学有限公司 | Compositions and methods for phosphoramidite and oligonucleotide synthesis |
CN108779132A (en) * | 2016-03-13 | 2018-11-09 | 波涛生命科学有限公司 | Composition and method for phosphoramidite and oligonucleotide synthesis |
AU2021286276B2 (en) * | 2016-03-13 | 2024-01-18 | Wave Life Sciences Ltd. | Compositions and methods for phosphoramidite and oligonucleotide synthesis |
EP3430019A4 (en) * | 2016-03-13 | 2019-10-30 | Wave Life Sciences Ltd. | Compositions and methods for phosphoramidite and oligonucleotide synthesis |
CN107556355B (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2021-10-22 | 上海兆维科技发展有限公司 | Nucleoside diphosphite amide and preparation method thereof |
CN107556355A (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2018-01-09 | 上海兆维科技发展有限公司 | Double phosphoramidites of a kind of nucleosides and preparation method thereof |
US11098077B2 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2021-08-24 | Chinook Therapeutics, Inc. | Locked nucleic acid cyclic dinucleotide compounds and uses thereof |
US11400161B2 (en) | 2016-10-06 | 2022-08-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method of conjugating oligomeric compounds |
US11873316B2 (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2024-01-16 | Wave Life Sciences Ltd. | Compositions and methods for phosphoramidite and oligonucleotide synthesis |
CN119264195A (en) * | 2024-12-12 | 2025-01-07 | 天津奥瑞芙生物医药有限公司 | A method for purifying phosphoramidite monomer |
CN119264195B (en) * | 2024-12-12 | 2025-04-08 | 天津奥瑞芙生物医药有限公司 | A method for purifying phosphoramidite monomer |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2009143369A3 (en) | 2010-04-15 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2009143369A2 (en) | Method of preparing nucleosides and analogs thereof without using chromatography | |
US7569686B1 (en) | Compounds and methods for synthesis of bicyclic nucleic acid analogs | |
CA2372085C (en) | L-ribo-lna analogues | |
EP1161439B1 (en) | Xylo-lna analogues | |
AU2007211080B2 (en) | 6-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs | |
Koshkin et al. | LNA (Locked Nucleic Acids): Synthesis of the adenine, cytosine, guanine, 5-methylcytosine, thymine and uracil bicyclonucleoside monomers, oligomerisation, and unprecedented nucleic acid recognition | |
KR101995521B1 (en) | Phosphoramidites for synthetic rna in the reverse direction | |
JP2621123B2 (en) | 2'-Dideoxy-isoguanosines, isosteric analogs and isoguanosine derivatives and uses thereof | |
US20030082807A1 (en) | Xylo-LNA analogues | |
IE74706B1 (en) | A method of linking nucleosides with a siloxane bridge | |
EP2951191B1 (en) | Method of preparing oligomeric compounds using modified coupling protocols | |
US11400161B2 (en) | Method of conjugating oligomeric compounds | |
WO1997030064A1 (en) | Hexitol containing oligonucleotides and their use in antisense strategies | |
US5998604A (en) | Polynucleotide purification method | |
EP0611075A1 (en) | Modified oligodeoxyribonucleotides, their preparation and their therapeutic use | |
KR20180116312A (en) | Compounds and methods for the synthesis of 5- (N-protected-tryptaminocarboxamido) -2'-deoxy free phosphoramidates for incorporation into nucleic acid sequences | |
WO2015061246A1 (en) | Method for solution phase detritylation of oligomeric compounds | |
WO2004072234A2 (en) | Protection of nucleosides | |
TW202128704A (en) | Method for producing bicyclic phosphoramidite | |
WO2011115817A1 (en) | Methods of preparing 2'-o-substituted purine nucleosides | |
WO2014114326A1 (en) | Method for the solid-phase based synthesis of phosphate-bridged nucleoside conjugates | |
WO1998049183A1 (en) | Base protecting groups and process for oligonucleotide synthesis | |
AU2012201664A1 (en) | 6-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs | |
MXPA97001111A (en) | Specific oligomeros of sequence union nucleic paraacidos and its use in antisent strategies |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 09751597 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A2 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase in: |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 09751597 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A2 |